SEC Filing | FTI Consulting, Inc.

Large Accelerated Filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

View:

Download DOC

Download PDF

Download XLS

Download XBRL

10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

x	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

¨	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission file number 001-14875

FTI CONSULTING, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)


Maryland		52-1261113
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)		(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

777 South Flagler Drive, Suite 1500 West Tower West Palm Beach, Florida		33401
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)		(Zip Code)

(561) 515-1900

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:


Title of Each Class		Name of Each Exchange on which Registered
Common Stock, $0.01 par value		New York Stock Exchange

Securities Registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ¨ No x

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $820 million, based on the closing sales price of the registrant’s common stock on June 30, 2013.

The number of shares of registrant’s common stock outstanding on February 14, 2014 was 40,636,252.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of our 2013 fiscal year are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

FTI CONSULTING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Annual Report on Form 10-K

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013

INDEX


		Page
PART I

Item 1.	Business		1

Item 1A.	Risk Factors		24

Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments		39

Item 2.	Properties		39

Item 3.	Legal Proceedings		39

Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures		39

PART II

Item 5.	Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities		40

Item 6.	Selected Financial Data		42

Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		45

Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk		76

Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data		78

Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure		122

Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures		122

Item 9B.	Other Information		122

PART III

Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance		123

Item 11.	Executive Compensation		123

Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters		123

Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence		123

Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services		123

PART IV

Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule		124

FTI CONSULTING, INC.

PART I

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS

Forward-Looking Information

This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, that involve uncertainties and risks. Forward-looking statements include statements concerning our plans, objectives, goals, strategies, future events, future revenues, future results and performance, future capital expenditures, expectations, plans or intentions relating to acquisitions and other matters, business trends and other information that is not historical. Forward-looking statements often contain words such as estimates, expects, anticipates, projects, plans, intends, believes, forecasts and variations of such words or similar expressions. All forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, management’s examination of historical operating trends, are based upon our historical performance and our current plans, estimates and expectations at the time we make them and various assumptions. There can be no assurance that management’s expectations, beliefs and projections will result or be achieved. Our actual financial results, performance or achievements could differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, any forward-looking statements. The inclusion of any forward-looking information should not be regarded as a representation by us or any other person that the future plans, estimates or expectations contemplated by us will be achieved. Given these risks, uncertainties and other factors, you should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements.

There are a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained in, or implied by, statements in this Annual Report. Important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements we make in this Annual Report are set forth in this report, including under the heading “Risk Factors” in Part I — Item 1A. They include risks and uncertainties and assumptions relating to our operations, financial results, financial condition, business prospects, growth strategy and liquidity, including the following:

•

changes in demand for our services;

•

our ability to attract and retain qualified professionals and senior management;

•

conflicts resulting in our inability to represent certain clients;

•

our former employees joining or forming competing businesses;

•

our ability to manage our professionals’ utilization and billing rates and maintain or increase the pricing of our services and products;

•

our ability to identify suitable acquisition candidates, negotiate favorable terms, take advantage of opportunistic acquisition situations and integrate the operations of acquisitions as well as the costs of integration;

•

our ability to adapt to and manage the risks associated with operating in non-United States (“U.S.”) markets;

•

our ability to replace key personnel, including executive officers, senior managers and practice and regional leaders, who have highly specialized skills and experience;

•

our ability to protect the confidentiality of internal and client data and proprietary and confidential information;

•

legislation or judicial rulings, including rulings regarding data privacy and the discovery process;

•

periodic fluctuations in revenues, operating income and cash flows;

•

damage to our reputation as a result of claims involving the quality of our services;

•

fee discounting or renegotiation, lower pricing, less advantageous contract terms and unexpected terminations of client engagements;

•

competition for clients and key professionals;

•

general economic factors, industry trends, restructuring and bankruptcy rates, legal or regulatory requirements, capital market conditions, merger and acquisition (“M&A”) activity, major litigation activity and other events outside of our control;

•

our ability to manage growth;

•

risk of non-payment of receivables;

•

the amount and terms of our outstanding indebtedness;

•

risks relating to the obsolescence of, changes to, or the protection of, our proprietary software products and intellectual property rights; and

•

fluctuations in the mix of our services and the geographic locations in which our personnel and clients are located or our services are rendered.

There may be other factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf apply only as of the date of this Annual Report and are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements included herein. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances and do not intend to do so.

Unless otherwise indicated or required by the context, when we use the terms “Company,” “FTI Consulting,” “we,” “us” and “our” we mean FTI Consulting, Inc., a Maryland corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Company Overview

General

We are a leading global business advisory firm dedicated to helping organizations protect and enhance their enterprise value in difficult and increasingly complex economic, legal and regulatory environments throughout the world. We operate through five reportable segments:

•

Corporate Finance/Restructuring;

•

Forensic and Litigation Consulting;

•

Economic Consulting;

•

Technology; and

•

Strategic Communications.

We work closely with our clients to help them anticipate, understand, manage and overcome complex business matters arising from such factors as the economy, financial and credit markets, governmental regulation and legislation and litigation. We assist clients in addressing a broad range of business challenges, such as restructuring (including bankruptcy), financing and credit issues and indebtedness, interim business management, forensic accounting and litigation matters, international arbitrations, M&A, antitrust and competition matters, securities litigation, electronic discovery, or e-discovery, management and retrieval of electronically stored information, or ESI, reputation management and strategic communications. We also provide services to help our clients take advantage of economic, regulatory, financial and other business opportunities. We have expertise across our reportable segments in highly specialized industries, including aerospace and defense, agriculture, automotive, construction and environmental, energy, power and products, diversified industries, financial

services, government and public contracts, healthcare and life sciences, hospitality, gaming and leisure, insurance and pension, mining, real estate and infrastructure, retail and consumer products, telecom, media and technology and transportation. Our experienced professionals include many individuals who are widely recognized as experts in their respective fields. Our professionals include PhDs, MBAs, JDs, CPAs, CPA-ABVs (who are CPAs accredited in business valuations), CPA-CFFs (who are CPAs certified in financial forensics), CRAs (certified risk analysts), Certified Turnaround Professionals, Certified Insolvency and Reorganization Advisers, Certified Fraud Examiners, ASAs (accredited senior appraisers), construction engineers and former senior government officials. Our clients include Fortune 500 corporations, FTSE 100 companies, global banks, major law firms and local, state and national governments and agencies in the U.S. and other countries. In addition, major U.S. and international law firms refer us or engage us on behalf of their clients. We believe clients retain us because of our recognized expertise and capabilities in highly specialized areas, as well as our reputation for satisfying clients’ needs.

We have organized our business segments across four geographic regions consisting of (i) the North America region, which is comprised of our 45 U.S. offices located in 19 states and three offices located in Calgary, Toronto and Vancouver Canada, (ii) the Latin America region, which is comprised of eight offices located in five countries — Argentina, Brazil, Colombia, Panama, and Mexico, (iii) the Asia-Pacific region, which is comprised of 21 offices located in nine countries — Australia, the Cayman Islands, China (including Hong Kong), India, Indonesia, Japan, Philippines, Singapore and the British Virgin Islands, and (iv) the Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA) region, which is comprised of 23 offices located in ten countries — Belgium, France, Germany, Ireland, Qatar, Russia, South Africa, Spain, UAE and the United Kingdom (“UK”). The regional leader for each of the four geographic regions has responsibility for supporting our professionals through regional administrative services, and sharing responsibility with segment leaders for the delivery of services across business segments and industry lines within such region. We expect to continue to present our Management Discussion and Analysis on a segment basis as the segment structure is the way that our chief operating decision makers primarily assess and manage business performance. In addition, our segment structure provides more detailed information regarding the key drivers of our business in relation to specific lines of business.

From December 31, 2012, we increased our number of revenue-generating professionals by approximately 7.7% to 3,224 as of December 31, 2013, and we increased our total number of employees by approximately 7.5% to 4,207 as of December 31, 2013.

Summary Financial Information

The following table sets forth the percentage of consolidated revenues for the last three years contributed by each of our five reportable segments, which are discussed below:


	Year Ended December 31,
Reportable Segment	2013		2012		2011
Corporate Finance/Restructuring		23%		25%		23%
Forensic and Litigation Consulting		26%		26%		27%
Economic Consulting		27%		25%		23%
Technology		12%		12%		14%
Strategic Communications		12%		12%		13%

Total		100%		100%		100%

Our Reportable Segments

Corporate Finance/Restructuring

Our Corporate Finance/Restructuring segment focuses on strategic, operational, financial and capital needs of businesses around the world. We address the full spectrum of financial and transactional challenges facing our clients, which include companies, boards of directors, private equity sponsors, banks, lenders and other financing

sources and creditor groups, as well as other parties-in-interest. We advise on a wide range of areas, including restructuring (including bankruptcy), interim management, financings, M&A, post-acquisition integration, valuations, tax issues and performance improvement. We also provide expert witness testimony, bankruptcy and insolvency litigation support and trustee and examiner services. We have particular expertise in the agriculture, automotive, hospitality, gaming and leisure, mining, real estate and infrastructure, retail and consumer products, telecom and media industries.

A number of factors affect the demand for our corporate finance/restructuring services, including general economic conditions, the availability of credit and credit modifications, leverage levels, lending activity, over-expansion of businesses, competition, M&A activity and management crises. Lower corporate default rates as a result of the availability of debt modifications prior to default and maturity and the increased availability of financing at lower interest rates and on more advantageous terms are factors that continue to decrease demand for certain services, including bankruptcy services offered by our Corporate Finance/Restructuring segment. In addition, our restructuring (bankruptcy) engagements have been adversely affected by fewer large corporate bankruptcies.

As of January 1, 2013, we combined the healthcare and life sciences focused personnel that were formerly included within the Corporate Finance/Restructuring segment with those in the Forensic and Litigation Consulting segment to form a single integrated practice within the Forensic and Litigation Consulting segment.

In 2013, the practice offerings of our Corporate Finance/Restructuring segment included:

Restructuring and Turnaround Services. We provide advisory services to companies, creditors and other stakeholders of companies confronting liquidity problems, excessive leverage, underperformance, over-expansion or other business or financial issues. We lead and manage the financial aspects of in-court restructuring processes by offering services that help our clients assess the impact of a bankruptcy filing on their financial condition and operations. We help our clients right-size infrastructure, improve cash-flow and working capital management, sell non-core assets or business units and recapitalize. We also perform due diligence reviews, financial statements and cash flow and EBITDA analyses, prepare liquidity forecasts and financial projections, recommend credit alternatives, assist in determining optimal capital structure, monitor portfolios of assets, assess collateral, provide crisis credit and securitized transaction assistance, and negotiate loan covenant waivers and guide complex debt restructurings.

Bankruptcy Support Services. We provide critical services specific to court-supervised insolvency and bankruptcy proceedings. We represent underperforming companies that are debtors-in-possession, creditors’ committees and lenders. With a focus on minimizing disruption and rebuilding the business after an exit from bankruptcy or insolvency, we help clients accelerate a return to business as usual. We also work with creditors and other stakeholders to maximize recoveries from companies that have filed for bankruptcy or insolvency. Our services include bankruptcy preparation and reporting services, financial analysis in support of petitions and affiliated motions, strategies for monetizing a debtor’s assets, the discovery of unidentified assets and liabilities, and expert witness testimony. We also provide trustee, examiner and receiver services to preserve the value of assets and maximize recoveries.

Interim Management Services. Our professionals fill the void when client companies face leadership, financial or operational challenges. Our experienced and credentialed professionals assume executive officer level roles, providing the leadership and strategic decision making ability to maintain momentum, stabilize financial position and protect enterprise value, resolve regulatory compliance issues, build morale, establish credibility with stakeholders and provide critical continuity. Our professionals serve in the following interim executive and management roles: chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief financial officer, chief restructuring officer, controller and treasurer.

Transaction Advisory Services. Our Transaction Advisory Services practice combines the disciplines of financial accounting, investment banking, tax advice, valuation services and Securities and Exchange

Commission, or SEC, regulatory experience to help our clients maximize value and minimize risk in M&A transactions. We provide many services relating to business acquisitions that include: performing due diligence reviews, evaluating key value drivers and risk factors, advising on the most advantageous tax and accounting structure for the transaction and assessing quality of earnings, quality of balance sheet and working capital requirements. We identify value enhancers and value issues. We provide comprehensive tax consulting intended to maximize a client’s return on investment. We help structure post- acquisition earn-outs and price adjustment mechanisms to allow a client to realize optimal value. We advise clients regarding regulatory and SEC requirements and internal controls and compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley. We help structure retention and exit strategies. We also perform services for clients involved in purchase price disputes such as assessing the consistent application of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or GAAP, earn-out issues, working capital issues, settlement ranges and allocation of purchase price for tax purposes. We have the capacity to provide investment banking services through our Financial Industry Regulatory Authority registered subsidiary, which focuses on identifying and executing value-added transactions for public and private middle market companies in the communications and media and entertainment industries.

Performance Improvement Services. Our Performance Improvement practice assists companies in developing and implementing programs designed to deliver accelerated value creation through increasing earnings and margins and improving cash flow. This is achieved by improving the underlying operational and financial metrics of a company by targeting specific drivers of margin growth leading to corresponding enterprise value enhancement. Our professionals achieve measurable, tangible improvement in areas such as revenue generation, finance organization optimization, operational process management, shared services and outsourcing, information technology, optimization, cost reduction, and working capital management. Our team has relevant skills across industries and helps companies and/or their equity sponsors with services such as outsourcing advisory services, complex merger integrations and carve-outs, business intelligence consulting and the reengineering of supply chains. Our performance improvement services represent high value-added and results oriented services marketed to our existing restructuring and transaction advisory clients as well as new clients.

Private Equity Sponsor Services. We help private equity sponsors and company management take proactive steps toward revitalizing businesses, achieving investment expectations and strengthening inexperienced or ineffective management by assisting in the development, modification and execution of business plans and offering unbiased assessments, thereby allowing a sponsor to minimize risks, maximize returns and focus on new opportunities. Our services include providing professionals to enhance management by supplementing the existing management team with turnaround specialists and other interim executives, performing due diligence and process improvement and implementation expertise, assisting with obtaining or modifying financing, providing credibility to support lender negotiations and credit concessions and a variety of other mission-critical services that may be key to a company’s survival.

Real Estate and Financial Advisory Practice. Our Real Estate and Financial Advisory practice has a dedicated focus on the real estate and finance industries and the capital markets that serve them. Our services are designed to create integrated financial, tax and real estate solutions for clients with real estate operations, assets or investments. We provide a range of real estate and financial advisory services including M&A, due diligence, valuation, lease consulting, financial outsourcing, initial public offering, or IPO, real estate investment trust, or REIT, tax structuring and compliance, executive compensation, master planning and development services, cost segregation and private client services. The practice represents public and private real estate entities including REITs, financial institutions, investment banks, opportunity funds, insurance companies, hedge funds, pension advisors and owners/developers.

In 2013, we expanded our presence in Australia by acquiring the former restructuring practice of Taylor Woodings Partnership and its affiliates (“Taylor Woodings”).

Our Corporate Finance/Restructuring practices are offered through a global network of 47 offices in 14 countries. From December 31, 2012, we increased the number of revenue-generating professionals in our

Corporate Finance/Restructuring segment by approximately 5.7% to 737 professionals as of December 31, 2013, of whom 72 professionals, or 9.8%, joined us through acquisitions.

Forensic and Litigation Consulting

Our Forensic and Litigation Consulting segment provides law firms, companies, government clients and other interested parties with dispute advisory, investigations, forensic accounting, business intelligence assessments, data analytics and risk mitigation services. We assist our clients in all phases of government and regulatory investigations, inquiries and litigation, regardless of the subject matter of the proceeding or investigation, including pre-filing assessments, discovery, trial preparation, expert testimony, investigation and forensic accounting services. We have particular expertise in the construction and environmental, insurance and pension, government and public contracts and healthcare and life sciences industries. We have the capacity to provide our full array of practice offerings across jurisdictional boundaries around the world.

A number of factors affect the demand for our forensic and litigation consulting services, including the volume of large complex litigations, governmental and regulatory investigations, class action suits, business espionage and illegal or fraudulent activities.

In 2013, the practice offerings of our Forensic and Litigation Consulting segment included:

Forensic Accounting and Advisory Services. We combine investigative accounting and financial reporting skills with business and practical experience to provide forensic accounting and advisory services requested by boards of directors, audit committees, special litigation committees and other entities. We identify, collect, analyze and interpret financial and accounting data and information for accounting and financial reporting investigations, identify options, make recommendations and render opinions. We employ investigative skills, establish document and database controls, prepare analytical models, perform forensic accounting, present expert testimony and prepare written reports. We have particular expertise providing consulting assistance and expert witness services to securities counsel and their clients regarding inquiries and investigations initiated by the Division of Enforcement of the SEC. We perform anti-bribery and corruption risk assessments to help clients institute the necessary internal controls to comply with, and we investigate suspected violations of, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, and other anti-corruption laws, including the U.K Anti-Bribery Act, the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, or OECD, convention on combating bribery of foreign public officials in international business transactions, and the anti-corruption cross-debarment pact reached between the World Bank, the Inter-American Development Bank, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Asian Development Bank, and the African Development Bank Group.

Global Risk and Investigations Practice (GRIP). We have experience in complex factual and regulatory investigations combining teams of former federal prosecutors and regulators, law enforcement and intelligence officials, forensic accountants, industry specialists and computer forensic specialists. Our capabilities and services include white collar defense intelligence and investigations, complex commercial and financial investigations, business intelligence and investigative due diligence, FCPA and foreign anti-corruption investigations, political risk assessments, business risk assessments, fraud and forensic accounting investigations, computer forensics and electronics evidence, specialized fact-finding, domestic and international arbitration proceedings, asset searching and analysis, intellectual property and branding protection, anti-money laundering consulting and ethics and compliance program design. We help our clients navigate anti-bribery and corruption risk proactively (assessing and mitigating risk), and reactively (responding to allegations with multidisciplinary investigation, forensic accounting and information preservation experts). We also develop remediation and monitoring plans, including the design and testing of controls and negotiate settlement agreements. Through our services we uncover actionable intelligence and perform value-added analysis to help our clients and other decision-makers address and mitigate risk, protect assets, remediate compliance deficiencies, make informed decisions and maximize opportunities.

Dispute Advisory Services. We provide pre-trial, in-trial and post-trial dispute advisory services, as well as dispute advisory services in a broad range of alternative dispute resolution forums, to help clients assess

potential, threatened and pending claims resulting from complex events and transactions. We analyze records and information, including electronic information, to locate assets, trace flows of funds, identify illegal or fraudulent activity, reconstruct events from incomplete and/or corrupt data, uncover vital evidence, quantify damages and prepare for trial or settlement. In many of our engagements we also act as an expert witness. Our services include:

•

Early Case Assessment. We help determine what really happened and when, to assist with case strategy and possible early settlement.

•

Discovery Assistance. We help to draft document requests, gather pertinent information and provide assistance during interrogatories and depositions.

•

Case Strategy Evaluation. We analyze financial records and business conduct to help counsel understand potential causes of action and quantify potential recoveries.

•

Damages Analyses. We provide damages quantification and expert testimony for a wide variety of cases including lost profits, breach of contract, purchase price disputes, business interruption, environmental claims, government contract matters and construction disputes and fraud cases.

•

Settlement Services. We help clients mitigate the cost of or avoid litigation by evaluating claims and risks, coordinating business expertise with legal and technical analysis, developing cost-effective settlement strategies and implementing successful business resolutions.

Intellectual Property. Our intellectual property team consists of professionals who are dedicated to intellectual property matters, including litigation support and damages quantification as well as intellectual property valuation, royalty compliance, licensing and technology and intellectual property management and commercialization.

Trial Services. Our trial technology professionals advise and support clients in large and highly complex civil trials. Through the use of our proprietary information technology, we help control litigation costs, expedite the in-trial process and help our clients to readily organize, access and present case-related data. Our proprietary TrialMax^® software integrates documents, photographs, animations, deposition video, audio and demonstrative graphics into a single trial preparation and presentation tool. Our graphics consulting services select the most appropriate presentation formats to maximize impact and memorability, and then create persuasive graphic presentations that support, clarify and emphasize the key themes of a case. We provide illustrations and visual aids that help simplify complex technical subjects for jurors, through opening and closing statement consulting, witness presentations, research presentations, exhibit plans and outlines, hardboards, scale models, storyboards, timelines and technical and medical illustrations.

Construction Solutions. Our construction services team offers a broad range of dispute resolution services to assist owners and contractors, and the law firms that advise them, to prevent, mitigate and resolve construction related disputes. We work with our clients to identify risks and help achieve a cost-effective, well run project from planning to completion.

Financial and Data Enterprise Analysis (FEDA). Our structured data experts deliver strategic business solutions for clients requiring in-depth analysis of large, disparate sets of financial, operational and transactional data. Among the services offered are:

•

identifying, acquiring, synthesizing, mining, analyzing and reporting upon relevant data;

•

identifying the relationships among multiple sources and types of data;

•

designing and implementing accounting, economic and financial settlement or damages models;

•

transforming large-scale data sets into workable databases;

•

distributing or sharing information among interested parties such as experts, corporate and outside counsel and codefendants; and

•

developing dashboards and summary analysis to enhance the productivity related to subsequent analysis and use of the information.

Compliance, Monitoring and Receivership. Our expert industry professionals provide full-scale assessments, process improvement and support services for compliance programs and in support of monitors and receivers. In matters involving the appointment of monitors, receivers or examiners by courts or regulators, our experts possess the necessary independence to monitor compliance with and the continuing effectiveness of the terms of settlements across many industries and professions. We have the expertise to prepare and advise large financial institutions regarding the U.S. “living will” requirements, which state that large banks and financial institutions have a plan in place to explain how they would divide up their assets if they fail.

Health Solutions. As of January 1, 2013, we combined the healthcare and life sciences focused personnel that were formerly included within the Corporate Finance/Restructuring segment with those in the Forensic and Litigation Consulting segment to form a single integrated practice within the Forensic and Litigation Consulting segment. Our health solutions practice provides consulting and advisory services that are designed to help clients optimize their performance in the short-term and long-term and prepare for and respond to strategic, operational and financial challenges. Our health solutions professionals provide a broad range of services focusing on operational services, such as clinical and performance effectiveness and improvement; regulatory services, such as the development, implementation and management of compliance programs and dispute resolution; advisory services, such as M&A; management services, such as turnaround services and the interim management of hospitals, health systems and other types of healthcare organizations; and process improvement, such as strategy, planning, revenue growth and fee reimbursement advisory services.

In 2013, we acquired the insurance management consulting practice formerly provided through the Distinct insurance consultancies located in Dublin, London and New York. In addition, we acquired the business operations of Risk Solutions International LLC (“RSI”), an independent provider of solutions to operational risks, with an office in New York. We also expanded our construction solutions practice offerings through the January 2013 addition of Alliance Construction Consultants (“Alliance”), providers of claims consulting, CPM scheduling, quantity surveying and project controls services to the construction industry with offices in New York.

Our Forensic Litigation and Consulting practices are offered through a global network of 53 offices in 16 countries. From December 31, 2012, we increased the number of revenue-generating professionals in our Forensic and Litigation Consulting segment by approximately 11.4% to 1,061 professionals as of December 31, 2013, of whom 49 professionals, or 4.6%, joined us through acquisitions.

Economic Consulting

Our Economic Consulting segment provides law firms, companies, government entities and other interested parties with analysis of complex economic issues for use in legal, regulatory and international arbitration proceedings, strategic decision making and public policy debates in the U.S. and around the world. We deliver sophisticated economic analysis and modeling of issues arising in M&A transactions, complex antitrust litigation, commercial disputes, international arbitration, regulatory proceedings and a wide range of securities litigation. Our statistical and economic experts help clients analyze complex economic issues such as the economic impact of deregulation on a particular industry or the amount of damages suffered by a business as a result of particular events. We have deep industry experience in such areas as aerospace and defense, energy, power and products, financial institutions, healthcare and life sciences, telecom, media and technology, and transportation. Our professionals regularly provide expert testimony on damages, rates and prices, valuations (including valuations of complex derivatives), competitive effects and intellectual property disputes. They also provide analyses and advice relating to antitrust and competition cases, regulatory proceedings, business valuations and public policy.

A number of factors affect the demand for our economic consulting services, including M&A activity (particularly large mergers of firms that are perceived to compete with each other in providing goods and services), general economic conditions, competition and governmental regulations and investigations.

In 2013, the practice offerings of our Economic Consulting segment included:

Antitrust and Competition Economics. We provide financial, economic and econometric consulting services to assist clients in public policy debates, and regulatory proceedings and litigation. We apply our models to complex data in order to evaluate the likely effects of transactions on prices, costs and competition. Our professionals are experts at analyzing and explaining the antitrust and competition impact of diverse transactions and proceedings relating to M&A, price fixing, monopolization and anti-competition, exclusionary conduct, bundling and tying, and predatory pricing. Our services include financial and economic analyses of policy, regulatory and litigation matters. We provide expert testimony and quantification of damages analyses for corporations, governments and public-sector entities in the U.S. and around the world.

Business Valuation. We provide business valuation and expert testimony services relating to traditional commercial disputes and other matters as diverse as transaction pricing and structuring, securities fraud, valuations for financial reporting, tax and regulatory compliance, solvency issues and fraudulent transfers, post-acquisition M&A disputes and transactions and disputes between shareholders.

Intellectual Property. We help clients understand and maximize the value of their intangible business assets. We calculate losses from intellectual property (IP) infringement, apply econometrics to develop pricing structures for IP valuation and licensing, manage the purchase or sale of IP assets, negotiate with tax authorities and determine IP-related losses in legal disputes and arbitrations.

International Arbitration. Our international arbitration practice works with companies, governments and members of the international bar to provide independent advice and expert testimony, relating to valuation and damages in a wide variety of commercial and treaty disputes before international arbitration tribunals.

Labor and Employment. We prepare economic and statistical analyses for clients facing disputes relating to wage and hour issues, class-action, class certification, lost earnings and discrimination. Our experienced labor and employment team provide statistical analyses of data and damage exposure, review and rebut expert reports, calculate the economic value of a claim, and determine if the purported class in labor and employment litigation meets legal requirements for certification.

Public Policy. We advise clients regarding the impact of legislation and political considerations on industries and commercial transactions. Our services include financial and economic analyses of policy and regulatory matters, including the effect of regulations on the environment, taxation and other matters on competitiveness, comparative analyses of proposed policy alternatives, division of responsibilities of federal and local regulators, the effects of regulations on risk sharing among constituencies or geographies and analyses of unintended consequences.

Regulated Industries. Our regulated industries practice advises major network and regulated industry participants on pricing, valuation, risk management and strategic and tactical challenges. We also advise clients on the transition of regulated industries to more competitive environments. We have extensive regulated industry expertise in energy, power and products, financial institutions, and telecom, media and technology.

Securities Litigation and Risk Management. Our professionals apply economic theory and econometrics to advise clients and testify on issues relating to securities fraud, insider trading, initial public offering (IPO) allocations, market efficiency, market manipulation and other forms of securities litigation. We also evaluate the risks of financial products such as derivatives, securitized products, collateralized obligations, special purpose entities and structured financial instruments and transactions.

In 2013, we expanded our antitrust and competition practice through the addition of business formerly carried on by the Princeton Economics Group, Inc. (“Princeton Group”).

Our Economic Consulting services are offered through a global network of 27 offices in 10 countries. From December 31, 2012, we increased the number of revenue-generating professionals in our Economic Consulting segment by approximately 11.8% to 530 professionals as of December 31, 2013, of whom 6 professionals, or 1.1%, joined us through acquisitions.

Technology

Our Technology segment is a leading e-discovery and information management consulting, software and service provider. We provide software services and discovery consulting to companies, law firms, courts and government agencies worldwide. We assist clients with internal, regulatory and global investigations, early case assessment, litigation and joint defense, antitrust and competition investigations, including “second requests” under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, or the HSR Act, and the secure management, analysis and use of critical corporate information. We provide a comprehensive suite of software and services to help clients locate, review and produce ESI, including e-mail, computer files, voicemail, instant messaging, and financial and transactional data.

Our proprietary Ringtail^® software and Acuity^TM e-discovery offering are used for e-discovery and document review, including litigation support and secure information management. Ringtail^® is also used in transactional settings to support information “deal rooms” and M&A activity. Our Ringtail^® technology is designed to ensure quality, reduce risk, increase productivity and support cost-effective review, preparation and production of ESI. Acuity^TM is an integrated legal review offering that reduces the cost and complexity of e-discovery. Acuity^TM provides processing through production e-discovery workflow, including document review, at a single, predictable price and in a collaborative manner that integrates the client, counsel and service provider.

Our e-discovery software can be deployed either on-premises by the company, law firm, government agency or other client, or on-demand as a hosted solution through us or our network of third-party service providers. This hybrid deployment capability helps clients scale to the unique demands of their individual case requirements while maintaining a consistent and cost-effective e-discovery process.

A number of factors affect the demand for our technology services, including competing services and products, price and the number of large complex litigations, class action proceedings, M&A activity and governmental and internal investigations.

In 2013, the software, services and practice offerings of our Technology segment included:

Computer Forensics and Investigations. We design and implement defensible strategies to forensically collect and analyze data. We understand the intricacies and implications of company data under legal scrutiny, and the international protection and privacy issues that apply to electronic documents. Our offerings include:

•

Litigation Readiness. Our experienced professionals work with a wide variety of systems and sources of electronically stored information (“ESI”) across multiple industries and jurisdictions to better position organizations facing critical investigative, litigation or dispute related demands. Our litigation readiness services include the development of proactive information privacy and security programs, plain-English records policies, retention schedules, litigation hold strategies, archiving software selection and backup tape disposition strategies.

•

Identification, Preservation and Collection. We assist companies facing time-sensitive demands placed upon electronic data, networks and systems. We help our clients meet requirements for uncovering, analyzing and producing data from a variety of sources, including e-mail, voicemail, backup tapes, shared server files and databases, often on multiple continents. We provide both proactive and reactive support using expert services, methodologies and tools that help companies and their legal advisers understand technology-related issues. Our technical experts work closely with our forensic accountants and financial investigation professionals to recover, organize and analyze ESI, regardless of the format or language of the data, and forensically reconstruct complex transaction data. Through our direct work with clients, we have developed proprietary technology to meet the demands of emerging data types, including cloud-based applicable data and Microsoft SharePoint.

•

Second Requests. “Second requests” refer to requests from the Department of Justice or Federal Trade Commission for additional information and documentary support relevant to the government’s assessment under the HSR Act of proposed acquisitions and business combinations. A “second

request” can probe every area of a company’s operations and communications, including e-mail, electronic documents, products, markets, sales, customers, advertising, patents and trademarks, management and accounting systems data. We offer advanced technology and related services to identify, collect, process and review relevant electronic data and produce documents responsive to the government-based request. We also help determine what tools, software, document formats and metadata will satisfy the request.

•

Early Case Assessments. Our Technology segment offers a flexible and customizable set of early case assessment tools and services to help companies and their legal teams evaluate each case.

•

Global Investigations. Investigations can range widely, including those relating to whistleblower allegations, government inquiries and subpoenas, corporate due diligence, FCPA violations and financial fraud. Often, the only consistent requirements across investigations are short response times and an urgent need to keep sensitive data secure. Other increasingly common variables, such as foreign data privacy laws and high data volumes, create significant challenges for companies to conduct investigations in a defensible and secure manner. In response, in 2010, we introduced FTI Consulting Investigate^TM, which combines our industry-leading software and expert forensic investigations to deliver a quick understanding of the case facts, secure control of sensitive data and defensible preservation and review strategies in compliance with local data privacy laws.

Discovery Consulting. We plan, design and manage discovery approaches and projects to maximize responsiveness and minimize costs and risks. Our professionals consult on a wide-range of legal, regulatory and investigative situations and the discovery project capabilities span a broad spectrum of size and complexity. Our professionals work as an extension of our clients and their advisors to establish immediate solutions and best practices. Our professionals identify, forensically collect and analyze data, oversee processing, review and production of data, manage the discovery lifecycle from identification through production, advise outside and in-house counsels, prepare cost estimates to support excess burden claims, provide expert testimony, develop repeatable and cross matter procedures for legal departments and conduct corporate system inventories to develop sustainable data maps. In 2012, we launched a new service offering — Predictive Discovery — which combines interdisciplinary expert teams with predictive coding software to help our clients review and produce documents for commercial litigation and regulatory investigations in a more timely and cost effective manner.

E-Discovery Software and Services. We offer software and services designed to lower the total cost of e-discovery and, in particular, the most costly component of the process, document review. Our Acuity^TM document review offering provides clients with an integrated and comprehensive suite of e-discovery services and software, which includes document review and is delivered at a fixed price. Our Ringtail^® software incorporates leading-edge concept and visual analytics technology to increase the accuracy and speed of document reviewers during litigation, investigations and regulatory inquiries. Our software products and services include the following e-discovery capabilities:

•

Data Acquisition and Conversion. Ringtail^® provides clients with advanced e-discovery and analysis techniques, as well as native format data processing services. These services can quickly extract e-mail and other data from a number of sources and provide the data in the client’s specified format. Data can be delivered for use in the client’s Ringtail^® on-premise system or hosted in a Ringtail^® on-demand environment by FTI Consulting or an FTI Consulting service provider.

•

Data Culling. We provide de-duplication and near-duplication detection services for Ringtail^® on-demand clients to help reduce the document set prior to review. In some cases, Ringtail^® incorporates third party software to provide these solutions. On premises clients use our Workbench product to automate the process of preparing electronic content for review. Workbench includes patented suppression and de-duplication technology along with other features to help clients manage and reduce larger data sets.

•

Data Review and Analysis. Our Ringtail^® product is a scalable and configurable web-centric platform that facilitates rapid review and coding of documents. Clients can install Ringtail^® on their own servers

or quickly launch a case from dedicated FTI Consulting or third party servers. Ringtail^® provides multi-lingual support as one of the distinctive aspects of its capabilities. Ringtail’s^® document mapper interface groups similar documents together to help reviewers make faster and more accurate document decisions. Document mapper is a component of the Ringtail^® analytics module, which provides clients with advanced methods to review and organize large sets of data during legal, investigative and regulatory events.

•

Data Production. Ringtail^® has the power and flexibility to scale and meet large and small document production needs and produce documents in all electronic formats for its clients.

Our Technology services and products are offered through a global network of 23 offices in five countries. From December 31, 2012, we increased the number of revenue-generating professionals in our Technology segment by approximately 10.5% to 306 professionals as of December 31, 2013.

Strategic Communications

We provide advice and consulting services relating to financial and corporate communications and investor relations, reputation management and brand communications, public affairs, business consulting and digital design and marketing. We believe our integrated offering, which includes a broad scope of services, diverse sector coverage and global reach, is unique and distinguishes us from other strategic communications consultancies.

A number of factors affect the demand for the practices and services of our strategic communications segment, including M&A activity, public stock offerings and capital market transactions, business crises and governmental legislation and regulation, and a slow recovery of discretionary spending by companies on such services as branding, communications, marketing and media and investor relations.

In 2013, the practice offerings of our Strategic Communications segment included:

Financial Communications. We specialize in advising clients on their communications to investors and other financial audiences to help them achieve fair valuations in capital markets through ongoing investor relations advice and support and strategic consulting on issues that can impact enterprise value. We provide advice on M&A communications, investment positioning, corporate governance and disclosure policy, strategic boardroom and investor issues, capital markets intelligence, research and analysis of shareholder demographics, investor targeting, institutional investor and financial analyst meetings, investor perception audits, financial news and calendar management, peer monitoring and initial public offering communications. We also advise clients in situations that present threats to their valuation and reputation with investors such as proxy contests, financial restatements, shareholder activism, unplanned management changes and other crises.

Corporate Communications. We provide solutions to our clients’ mission critical communications needs. Our services include, business-to-business communications consultancy, thought leadership consultancy, consumer and business-to-business brands building, including corporate brand positioning advice, strategic media relations and marketing advice, employee engagement and change communications, media and presentation coaching, qualitative and quantitative research, sponsorship consultancy and launch and event management. Our business-to-business communications consultancy services help companies develop a differentiated business identity and narrative. Our media relations services integrate traditional and digital media. We advise and assist clients with respect to financial, business and trade media programs, broadcast placement, market commentary, executive visibility, regional media programs, editorial placement, media monitoring, intelligence gathering and online media programs. We provide advice and services for internal communications in connection with important strategic initiatives such as identity design, re-branding, culture change, restructuring, facility closures, workforce rationalization and mergers and takeovers. We also provide training courses aimed at directors and senior management in media communications, executive presentation, speech writing and conference management and facilitation. Our special situations communications practice works in

collaboration with practitioners in our other disciplines such as financial communications and investor relations, corporate communications and public and regulatory affairs to offer an integrated consultancy service to clients that are facing critical issues such as bankruptcy/restructuring, M&A, regulatory investigations, litigation and unplanned management turnover. We believe our offerings in this area provide a unique ability to handle complex cross-border multi-stakeholder communications programs.

Public Affairs. We advise senior business leaders and leading organizations across the world on how to manage relationships with, and make substantive contributions to, governments, politicians and policy-makers at the most senior levels in key jurisdictions. Our integrated global team is based in leading political centers including Beijing, Brussels, London and Washington. We combine public affairs, economic consulting and capital markets expertise with strategic communications and business advisory skills. We offer the full range of engagement programs, ranging from crisis management of imminent legislation to longer-term shaping of the policy environment. We use a range of qualitative and quantitative tools to establish our clients’ case and support their political engagement strategies, whether in terms of message refinement, policy mapping or reputation benchmarking. Our team incorporates many of the world’s foremost economic experts in disciplines such as financial economics, antitrust, regulation and the economics of public policy.

Creative Engagement. Our design and marketing teams specialize in brand identity development, website development, advertising and using new digital media channels to enhance the impact of traditional communications and marketing channels. We help clients with print and digital communications with a focus on corporate identity, website development, advertising, interactive marketing campaigns, video and animation, brochures, fact sheets, testimonials and other marketing materials and annual report development. Our social media experts work with clients to identify and engage stakeholders through the most appropriate and useful paid and non-paid social and digital media outlets. We help clients develop creative and multi-dimensional campaigns to assure they are aligned with business objectives, brand position and the needs of all stakeholders. Our approach includes defining corporate and brand positioning, surveying the audience to gauge social sentiments and needs, selecting a program that resonates with the marketplace, building the communications plan, launching the initiative for maximum visibility and evaluating the success of the program.

Strategy Consulting and Research. Our strategic business consulting practice helps solve and manage business problems that companies face. Our services include business plan development, market sizing and discovery research, marketing segmentation research and analysis, change management counsel, surveys and polling. Our dedicated research group works with professionals from across our practices and other disciplines, including public relations, investor relations and public affairs, to conduct customized research to identify perceptions, trends and opportunities within key stakeholder audiences. Our research services include reputation benchmarking, peer analysis, benchmarking and financial market valuations, brand awareness studies and brand extension audits, including customer focus groups, shareholder analysis and investor targeting, consumer trend analysis, public opinion polling and policymaker perception audits.

In the first quarter of 2013, our Strategic Communications segment acquired the government relations and lobbying business based in Washington, D.C. that was previously operated by C2 Group LLC (“C2 Group”).

Our Strategic Communications services are offered through a global network of 35 offices in 16 countries. From December 31, 2012, the number of revenue-generating professionals in our Strategic Communications segment decreased by 0.5% to 590 professionals as of December 31, 2013.

Our Industry Specializations

We employ professionals with expertise in a broad range of industries across our reportable segments. These professionals provide a wide array of services that address the strategic, reputational, operational, financial, regulatory, legal and other needs of specific industries. We advise domestic and international organizations and companies in specific industries on such matters as turnaround and restructuring, conflict resolution, regulations

and the resolution of conflicting regulatory frameworks, contractual disputes, litigation and proceedings, expert testimony and asset and business valuations. We also provide interim management services staffed with professionals with experience in the relevant industry. In addition, we furnish strategic communications services to industries across all the disciplines, from capital markets to investor relations. Our clients include companies in the following major industries: aerospace and defense, agriculture, automotive, construction and environmental, diversified industrials, energy, power and products, financial institutions, government and public contracts, healthcare and life sciences, hospitality, gaming and leisure, insurance and pension, mining, real estate and infrastructure, retail and consumer products, telecom, media and technology and transportation.

Our Business Drivers

Factors that drive demand for our services include:

•

Financial Markets and the Economy. Rapidly changing financial markets and the strength of the economy, credit and financing availability, terms and conditions, the willingness of financial institutions to provide debt modifications or relief, corporate debt levels, default rates and capital market transactions, drive demand for certain of our service offerings. Demand for our restructuring, bankruptcy, turnaround and related services typically weakens, and our engagements shift to more middle market transactions, in a recovering or strong economy, as credit markets ease and as credit, debt relief or modifications become more available. Demand for our restructuring, bankruptcy, turnaround and related services is higher when the availability of credit and access to the capital markets is limited and companies face covenant compliance and similar problems that make it difficult to access new credit or amend existing credit facilities or refinance on affordable terms; and tightening credit markets force companies and lenders into more frequent negotiations as borrowers experience covenant or liquidity issues and lenders express greater concern over protecting their positions. Generally, we experience greater demand for the securities and antitrust litigation services provided by our Economic Consulting during an economic downturn. Demand for our Strategic Communications segment services increase as credit becomes more available.

•

Operational Challenges and Opportunities. Businesses face significant challenges that necessitate the evaluation and reevaluation of strategy, risks and opportunities both as a result of crisis driven situations and in the normal course of business. These challenges include enterprise risk management, global expansion, competition from both established companies and emerging economies and new and changing regulatory requirements and legislation. Management, companies and their boards need outside help to recognize, understand and evaluate such events and effect change, which drives demand for independent expertise that can combine general business acumen with specialized technical expertise driving demand for services offered by our Corporate Finance/Restructuring, Economic Consulting and Forensic and Litigation Consulting segments.

•

Global Demand for Independent Expertise. As a result of increased public scrutiny, regulatory complexity and complex disputes and litigation, businesses, boards of directors, creditors, stakeholders, regulators and their advisors increasingly engage independent consulting firms to provide objective and expert analyses and advice. This is particularly true in highly complex and sophisticated areas such as restructurings, bankruptcies, economic consulting, forensic accounting, corporate mismanagement and fraud-related investigations and high-stakes litigation and regulatory proceedings. Stockholder activism and limitations on the ability of traditional accounting firms to provide certain consulting services, especially after enactment of Sarbanes-Oxley and the Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, have contributed to the demand for independent expertise. A desire to avoid actual and perceived conflicts of interest also drives the use of consultants and experts who are unaffiliated with a company’s management and outside legal, accounting and other advisors.

•

Regulatory Complexity, Public Scrutiny and Investigations. Increasingly complex global regulations and legislation, greater scrutiny of corporate governance, instances of corporate malfeasance and more stringent and complex reporting requirements drive demand for our services. The need to understand

and address the impact of regulation and legislation as well as the increasing costs of doing business have prompted companies to focus on better assessing and managing risks and opportunities. In addition, boards of directors, audit committees and independent board committees have been increasingly tasked with conducting internal investigations of financial wrongdoing, regulatory non-compliance and other issues. These factors drive demand for independent consultants and experts to investigate and provide analyses and to support the work of outside legal counsel, accountants and other advisors. The current environment also increasingly demands the use of multiple disciplinary service offerings like ours, which combine skills and expertise, such as financial reporting skills, forensic accounting investigative skills like those offered by our Corporate Finance/Restructuring and Forensic and Litigation Consulting segments and technology management services like those offered by our Technology segment, with business and practical experience. In efforts to advance legislative and policy objectives, clients also increasingly rely on our Economic Consulting segment to provide substantive economic analyses and white papers that demonstrate the economic effects of various alternative scenarios.

•

Financial Fraud and Reform. The pace at which alleged and actual fraudulent activities are investigated or come to light may put significant strain on the resources of law enforcement and other agencies. As a result, outside resources have increasingly been engaged to help law enforcement and prosecutors identify and recover illegal financial and other benefits and prosecute the perpetrators. We believe that the investigation of financial frauds and the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act could continue to drive demand for forensic accounting investigative skills like those offered by our Forensic and Litigation Consulting segment and e-discovery tools like those offered by our Technology segment.

•

M&A Activity. The overall strength of the economy and M&A activity are important drivers for all our segments. In a weak economy and during periods of decreased M&A activity, we generally experience weaker demand for the expertise of professionals in our Economic Consulting and Forensic and Litigation Consulting segments and the transaction advisory services offered by our Corporate Finance/Restructuring segment, as transactions are delayed or abandoned and fewer transactions come to fruition. However, companies may need our services during such a time if transactions are renegotiated, or transactions that have been completed do not perform as expected. In times of strong economic growth and increased M&A activity, companies and regulators engage our Economic Consulting segment for advice on issues such as competition and expert advisory services, and enforcement and intellectual property matters. Companies may also engage our Economic Consulting segment professionals to perform pre-M&A transaction analyses in periods when the M&A market is recovering. M&A clients employ our Corporate Finance/Restructuring segment for services such as transaction advisory services, including due diligence investigations, asset valuations and financing advice. Demand for our Technology segment “second request” review services increases as M&A activity increases. M&A clients also utilize our Strategic Communications segment for services such as public relations, media and investor communications.

•

Litigation and Disputes. The volume of litigation and business disputes, the complexity of the issues presented, and the amount of potential damages and penalties drive demand for the services offered by our Forensic and Litigation Consulting, Technology and Economic Consulting segments. Law firms and their clients as well as government regulators and other interested third parties rely on independent outside resources to evaluate claims, facilitate discovery, assess damages, provide expert reports and testimony, manage the pre-trial and in-trial process and effectively present evidence.

•

Integrated and Consultative Approach to Managing Events. Our breadth and depth of service offerings and industry expertise across the globe drive demand by multinational corporations who seek our integrated services and consultative approach covering different aspects of event driven occurrences, reputational issues and transactions across different jurisdictions.

•

Multinational Firms and Changes in Non-U.S. Markets. The growth of multinational firms and global consolidation can precipitate increased antitrust and competition scrutiny and the spread

internationally of issues and practices that historically have been more common in the U.S., such as increased and complex litigation, government regulation and corporate restructuring activities. These developments help drive demand for the services offered by our Corporate Finance/Restructuring, Forensic and Litigation Consulting, Economic Consulting and Technology segments. The need to store, retrieve and transmit data among different jurisdictions that have different languages, privacy and other laws also drives demand for the services offered by our Technology segment. Multinational firms also need to establish global branding, investor relations and communications strategies, which drive demand for our communications services.

•

Growth of Companies in the Developing World. Growth companies in the developing world that access markets in developed countries recognize that the need for capital and compliance with the regulatory and other requirements of multiple countries necessitate expert advice and services, which drives demand for the services of our Corporate Finance/Restructuring, Economic Consulting and Strategic Communications segments.

Our Competitive Strengths

We compete primarily on the basis of the breadth of our services, the quality of our work, the prominence of our professionals, our geographic reach, our reputation and performance record, our specific industry expertise, and our strong client relationships. We believe our success is driven by a combination of long-standing competitive strengths, including:

•

Preeminent Practices and Professionals. We believe that our operating segments include some of the preeminent practices and professionals in our industry today. During 2013, the awards and recognitions received by our reportable segments include the following:

•

our Corporate Finance/Restructuring segment was ranked as the number one crisis management firm based on number of active assignments as of September 30, 2013, by The Deal Pipeline bankruptcy league tables published in December 2013;

•

our Forensic and Litigation Consulting, Economic Consulting and Compass/Lexecon businesses had the most professionals named to the Who’s Who Legal List of most highly regarded firms for Commercial Arbitration for four consecutive years (2011-2014) in November 2013;

•

our Corporate Finance/Restructuring and Strategic Communications professionals were awarded six Turnaround Atlas Awards for outstanding achievements in the global restructuring, special situation M&A and turnaround markets by the Global M&A Network in July 2013;

•

our Compass/Lexecon group within our Economic Consulting segment was among the 20 top competition firms in the U.S. as ranked by the Global Competition Review;

•

our Technology segment ranked in the Leaders Quadrant in Gartner’s Magic Quadrant for E-Discovery Software published in June 2013 and its Ringtail Software-as-a-Service E-Discovery product was named aTrend-Setting Product of 2013 by KMWorld Magazine in September 2013; and

•

our Strategic Communications segment was ranked at the top of the global and Europe league tables by number of M&A matters by Mergermarket in January 2014 and was named the 2013 M&A PR Firm of the Year by the Americas M&E Atlas Award.

Our Economic Consulting segment includes six former chief economists of the Antitrust Division of the Department of Justice, one former chief economist of the Federal Trade Commission, two former chief economists of the Federal Communications Commission, and two former chief economists of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and maintains access to numerous other high-profile academic consultants, including three Nobel Prize winners.

•

Diversified Revenue Sources. We believe that our five reportable segments offer a diversified portfolio of practice offerings within our four geographic regions. We also focus on marketing our practice

offerings across segments to 17 major industry sectors. We believe that our broad practice offerings, diversity of our revenue streams and global locations distinguish us from our competitors and help us to manage fluctuations due to market conditions in any one of our segments, regions or industries. We believe our diversity helps to mitigate the impact of crises, events and changes in a particular practice, industry or country. For the year ended December 31, 2013, operations outside of the U.S. represented approximately 27% of our total consolidated revenues, of which 27% were generated by our Corporate Finance/Restructuring segment, 25% were generated by our Strategic Communications segment, 23% were generated by our Economic Consulting segment, 18% were generated by our Forensic and Litigation Consulting segment, and 7% were generated by our Technology segment.

•

Diversified Portfolio of Elite Clients. We provide services to a diverse group of clients, including global Fortune 500 companies, FTSE 100 companies, global banks, and local, state and national governments and agencies in the U.S. and other countries. Additionally, a number of major U.S. and internationally recognized law firms refer or engage us on behalf of multiple clients on multiple matters.

•

High Level of Repeat and Referral Business and Attractive, Financial Model. We derive a portion of our revenues from referrals. Many of our client relationships are long-standing and include multiple contact points within an organization, increasing the depth and continuity of these relationships. We cultivate critical relationships with financial institutions and law firms, which have served as entry points into significant, high-profile and reputation-enhancing engagements. In addition, our Strategic Communications segment, primarily in the UK, has a financial model that includes recurring retainer based engagements. Clients of this segment are typically billed on a fixed-fee basis that reflects the value added by the business rather than on a time-and-expense basis. Our Technology segment also bills on a unit basis or derives revenues from license fees.

•

Strong Cash Flow. Our business model has several characteristics that produce consistent cash flows and a relatively low level of capital expenditures. Our strong cash flow supports business operations, capital expenditures, research and development efforts in our Technology segment, and our ability to service our indebtedness and pursue our acquisition and growth strategies.

Our Business Strategy

We build client relationships based on the quality of our services, our reputation and the recognition of our professionals. We provide diverse complimentary services to meet our clients’ needs around the world. We emphasize client service and satisfaction. We aim to build strong brand recognition. The following are key elements of our business strategy:

•

Leverage Our Relationships and Expertise. We work hard to maintain our existing client relationships and develop new ones. We believe that the strength of our existing client relationships and the quality of our reputation coupled with our recognized practice and industry expertise, successful track record, size and geographical diversity are the most critical elements in a decision to retain us. We strive to build client relationships on a company-wide basis and encourage cross-selling among our reportable segments and industry groups. Many of our professionals are recognized experts in their respective fields. By successfully leveraging our reputation, experience and broad client base and the expertise of our professionals, we expect to continue to obtain engagements from new as well as existing clients.

•

Expand the Breadth of Our Services and Geographic Presence. We strive to offer our clients comprehensive solutions to their most complex problems, wherever they are in the world. Increasingly, our clients demand expertise across multiple markets and continents. To meet this demand, we provide our clients with a complete suite of services across all five reportable segments. We manage our reportable segments across four geographic regions consisting of (i) the North America region, which is overseen by Dave Bannister and is comprised of our 45 U.S. offices located across 19 states and three offices located in Calgary, Toronto and Vancouver Canada, (ii) the Latin America region, which

is overseen by Frank Holder, and is comprised of eight offices located across five countries — Argentina, Brazil, Colombia, Panama and Mexico, (iii) the Asia-Pacific region, which is overseen by Rod Sutton, and is comprised of 21 offices located across nine countries — Australia, the Cayman Islands, China (including Hong Kong), India, Indonesia, Japan, Philippines, Singapore and the British Virgin Islands, and (iv) the EMEA region, which is overseen by Mark Malloch-Brown, and is comprised of 23 offices located across ten countries — Belgium, France, Germany, Ireland, Qatar, Russia, South Africa, Spain, UAE and the UK. The regional leader for each of the four geographic regions has responsibility for supporting our professionals through regional administrative services, and sharing responsibilities with segment leaders for the delivery of services across operating segment and industry lines within such region. FTI Consulting’s professionals service clients across regional locations.

We have expanded our Corporate Finance/Restructuring segment to offer restructuring services in the Asia-Pacific region through the acquisition of the former Taylor Woodings practice in Australia. We have expanded our insurance practice in the EMEA region and the U.S., operated by our Forensic and Litigation Consulting segment through the acquisition of the insurance management consulting practice formerly carried on by the Distinct insurance consultancies located in Dublin, London, and New York. We have further expanded the presence of our Forensic and Litigation Consulting segment in New York through the acquisition of the former business operations of RSI, an independent provider of solutions to operational risks that organizations face, and Alliance which provides claims consulting, CPM scheduling, quantity surveying and project controls services to the construction industry. We have expanded our antitrust and commercial litigation consulting services in the U.S. through the addition of business formerly carried on by The Princeton Group. Our Strategic Communications segment acquired the government relations and lobbying business based in Washington, D.C. that was previous operated by C2 Group.

•

Selectively Acquire Companies and Integrate Our New Professionals and Capabilities. We follow a disciplined approach to executing and integrating acquisitions, targeting those that complement our business strategy or operate in an attractive specialized niche. From 2005 through December 31, 2013, we have completed 47 acquisitions in an effort to expand our businesses and geographic presence, including the acquisitions we completed in 2013 that are described above. We intend to continue to selectively pursue strategic acquisitions. We seek to integrate acquisitions in a way that fosters organic growth and expands our geographic presence. We typically structure our acquisitions to retain the services of key individuals from the acquired companies.

•

Attract and Retain Highly Qualified Professionals. Our professionals are crucial to delivering our services to clients and generating new business. As of December 31, 2013, we employed 3,224 revenue-generating professionals, many of whom have established and widely recognized names in their respective practice areas and specialized industry expertise. Through our substantial staff of highly qualified professionals, we can handle a number of large, complex assignments simultaneously. To attract and retain highly qualified senior managing directors and managing directors, we offer significant compensation opportunities, including sign-on bonuses, forgivable loans, retention bonuses, incentive bonuses and equity compensation, along with a competitive benefits package and the chance to work on challenging engagements with other highly skilled professionals. We have employment arrangements with substantially all of our senior managing directors that include non-competition and non-solicitation obligations.

•

Employ our Professionals to Operate Profitably. As we have expanded our practice offerings and our mix of business has changed, utilization has become a less meaningful measure of productivity and profitability as we enter into more flexible client arrangements that may not be billed on a per hour basis. This is true, particularly with respect to our Strategic Communications segment, which has retainer-based and fixed-fee revenues as well as engagements that provide for additional compensation if successful, and our Technology segment, which also bills on a unit basis or derives revenues from license fees. The professionals in our Corporate Finance/Restructuring, Economic Consulting and

Forensic and Litigation Consulting segments primarily bill on an hourly basis, but those segments are increasingly entering into alternative billing arrangements such as fixed fee engagements or engagements that provide for additional compensation if the outcome is successful for our client. We endeavor to manage demand, employee levels and pricing for both time and materials and alternative fee arrangements to operate profitably.

•

Build Brand Recognition. We primarily market our services through the FTI Consulting brand around the world. Our branding initiatives include investment in corporate sponsorships, strategic placement of print media in specialty journals, the publication of the FTI Consulting Journal, a dedicated magazine that is available on the Internet and free of charge to our clients and stakeholders, brand placement in strategic locations where our clients are likely to congregate, and sponsorships of participation in high profile conferences and seminars. We also advertise in select sports venues that we believe are of interest to the companies that use or have need for services. Our professionals are also widely published.

Our Employees

Our success depends on our ability to attract and retain our expert professional work force. Our professionals include PhDs, MBAs, JDs, CPAs, CPA-ABVs (who are CPAs accredited in business valuations), CPA-CFFs (who are CPAs certified in financial forensics), CRAs (certified risk analysts), Certified Turnaround Professionals, Certified Insolvency and Reorganization Advisers, Certified Fraud Examiners, ASAs (accredited senior appraisers), construction engineers and former senior government officials. During the period from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013, we increased the number of revenue-generating professionals by approximately 7.7% to 3,224 and we increased our total number of employees by approximately 7.5% to 4,207. We employ 413 professionals at the senior managing director or equivalent or higher level (collectively “SMDs”) and 498 professionals at the managing director or equivalent level. We also engage independent contractors to supplement our professionals on client engagements as needed. Most of our professionals have many years of experience in their respective fields of practice, and are well recognized for their expertise and experience. None of our employees are subject to collective bargaining contracts or are represented by a union, except for our 260 employees in Brazil, France, Belgium and Spain. We believe our relationship with our employees, including those under collective bargaining agreements, is good.

Employment Agreements

As of December 31, 2013, we had written employment arrangements with substantially all of our 413 SMDs, 234 of which are employment agreements with fixed terms ending between 2014 and 2024 while the other 179 contracts are of an at-will nature with no fixed term. Of the 234 written agreements with a fixed term, 223 provide that at the end of the initial term they automatically renew for successive year-to-year terms, unless either party provides advance written notice of non-renewal prior to commencement of the renewal term. Of the remaining 11 agreements with fixed terms that do not renew year-to-year, five come up for renewal in 2014.

The employment agreements with SMDs generally provide for fixed salary and participation in incentive payment programs (which in some cases may be based on financial measures such as EBITDA). They may also provide for long-term equity incentives in the form of stock options and/or restricted stock awards. In some cases, we extend unsecured general recourse forgivable loans to professionals. We believe that the loan arrangements enhance our ability to attract and retain professionals. Some or all of the principal amount and accrued interest of the loans we make to employees will be forgiven by us upon the passage of time, provided that the professional is an employee on the forgiveness date, and upon other specified events, such as death, disability and, in some cases, retirement or termination without cause, as applicable to such loan. Our executive officers are not eligible to receive loans and no loans have been made to them. All of our written employment arrangements with SMDs include covenants providing for restrictions on the SMD’s ability to compete and solicit the employees of the Company following the end of their employment. Employment arrangements under the Senior Managing Director Incentive Compensation Program (collectively the “ICP”) are discussed below.

Generally, our employment agreements with SMDs provide for salary continuation benefits, accrued bonuses and other benefits beyond the termination date if such professional leaves our employ for specified reasons prior to the expiration date of the employment agreement. The length and amount of payments to be paid by us following the termination or resignation of a professional varies depending on whether the person resigned for “good reason” or was terminated by us with “cause,” resigned without “good reason,” retires or does not renew, or was terminated by us without “cause,” died or became “disabled,” or was terminated as a result of a “change in control” (all such terms as defined in such professional’s employment agreement). These employment agreements contain non-competition and non-solicitation covenants, which under specified circumstances may extend beyond the expiration or termination of the employment term. Under the non-competition covenants, the professional generally agrees not to offer or perform services of the type performed during his employment with us, directly or indirectly through another person or entity, in competition with us, within specified geographic areas, subject, in some cases, to specified exceptions. Generally, such professionals also agree not to solicit business regarding any case, matter or client with or on which such professional worked on our behalf, or to solicit, hire, or influence the departure of any of our employees, consultants or independent contractors. In these employment agreements, the professionals also agree to maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary information and affirm that we are the owners of copyrights, trademarks, patents and inventions developed during the course of their employment.

We will continue to fund forgivable loans to employees, consultants, professionals who join us in connection with acquisitions, and new hires primarily for retention purposes, on a case-by-case basis. The value of the forgivable loans we have made, in the aggregate as well as on an individual basis, have been and we anticipate will continue to be significant.

In addition, our executive officers, other members of senior management, directors, as well as employees and independent service providers, have received and will continue to receive equity awards, including stock option and share-based awards (including awards in the form of performance-based restricted stock units and deferred restricted stock units), on a case-by-case basis, to the extent that shares are available under our stockholder approved equity compensation plans. The value of such equity awards, in the aggregate as well as on an individual basis, have been and are expected to continue to be significant.

Senior Managing Director Incentive Compensation Program and Employment Terms

In 2006, we first implemented the ICP, which is designed to align the interests of SMDs with the interests of our company and its stakeholders and management. Currently SMDs in the U.S., Canada and the UK are eligible to participate in the ICP. U.S. SMDs who are admitted into the ICP sign employment agreements with an initial five year term that renew automatically year-to-year thereafter unless terminated by written notice to the other party prior to the renewal dates. SMDs in Canada and the UK who participate in the ICP enter into service agreements that have no fixed terms but renew year-to-year.

As of December 31, 2013, there were 92 SMDs participating in the ICP from our Corporate Finance/Restructuring, Forensic and Litigation Consulting, Economic Consulting, Technology and Strategic Communications segments, representing approximately 33%, 28%, 3%, 36% and 11%, respectively, of the total SMDs within each segment of which 84 are in the U.S., three are located in Canada and five are located in the UK. Senior management designates the participants in the ICP, subject to approval by the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors. As current written employment agreements approach the end of their initial terms or one-year automatic renewal periods, or as part of our annual performance evaluation process, we consider whether current participants should be eligible for additional benefits by promoting participating SMDs to higher participation levels within the ICP and periodically we consider admitting new SMDs into the program. We intend to continue to admit SMDs from our operating segments into the ICP on a case-by-case basis. Our executive officers are not eligible to participate in the ICP.

The benefits under the ICP include a cash payment in the form of an unsecured general recourse forgivable loan and equity awards, in the form of restricted stock-based awards and stock option or stock appreciation

rights, which are provided to participants upon admission to the program and execution of a new employment agreement or upon moving up to a higher tier in the ICP. Participants in the ICP are also eligible to receive additional annual and recurring equity awards related to a deferral of a portion of each participant’s annual bonus award for the prior bonus year, or payment of a portion of such award in restricted stock, and as related matching awards. To the extent that sufficient shares of common stock are not available for awards under our stockholder approved equity compensation plans, ICP equity awards will be paid out in cash, subject to the same vesting and forfeiture conditions as for equity awards.

For the past five years, we have made the following aggregate equity awards and forgivable loans to (i) new participants entering the ICP, (ii) participants moving to higher participation levels within the ICP, and (iii) equity awards to participants receiving annual deferred bonus, restricted stock bonus and additional equity awards pursuant to the bonus matching features of the ICP:


Year of Admission into ICP	Unsecured General Recourse Forgivable Loan Amounts ⁽¹⁾		Option Shares		Restricted Share- Based Awards		Cash Settled Stock Appreciation Rights
	(in thousands, except per share data)
2009	$	7,900		336,750		214,678		—
2010	$	9,300		457,582		337,390		—
2011	$	8,700		385,815		242,508		63,000
2012	$	9,900		467,075		245,470		2,834
2013	$	6,200		373,656		240,269		44,370

⁽¹⁾

In 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013, we also funded $31.3 million, $37.4 million, $34.3 million, $51.5 million and $40.8 million, respectively, of unsecured forgivable loans and other loans to SMDs and other professionals outside of the ICP. Our corporate officers are not eligible to receive loans of any kind.

ICP participants are also eligible to receive equity awards and cash incentive and retention payments, including loans, outside of the ICP and the value of such incentive and retention payments may be substantial.

Sales of Services

We rely primarily on our senior professionals to identify and pursue business opportunities. Referrals from clients, law firms and other intermediaries and our reputation from prior engagements are also key factors in securing new business. Our professionals often learn about new business opportunities from their frequent contacts and close working relationships with clients. In marketing our services, we emphasize our experience, the quality of our services and our professionals’ particular areas of expertise, as well as our ability to quickly staff new and large engagements. While we aggressively seek new business opportunities, we maintain high professional standards and carefully evaluate potential new client relationships and engagements before accepting them. We also employ or contract with sales professionals who are tasked primarily with marketing the services of our Forensic and Litigation Consulting, Strategic Communications and Technology segments.

Clients

We provide services to a diverse group of clients, including global Fortune 500 companies, FTSE 100 companies, global banks, major law firms and local, state and national governments and agencies in the U.S. and other countries throughout the world.

A substantial portion of our revenues are derived from repeat or referral business. From December 31, 2012 through December 31, 2013, no single client accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated revenues. Our Technology segment had three clients that individually accounted for more than 10% of the total revenues and in total accounted for 39% of the total revenues of the Technology segment for the year ended December 31, 2013. No other reportable segment had a single client that accounted for more than 10% of the total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013. The loss of one or more such clients by the Technology segment would not have

a material adverse effect on FTI Consulting and our subsidiaries as a whole but could have a material adverse effect on such segment if that business was not quickly replaced. In some cases, we may have engagements through law firms that represent a larger percentage of our overall revenue or the revenue of a segment; however, each law firm engages us on behalf of multiple clients.

Competition

We do not compete against the same companies across all of our segments, practices or services. Instead we compete with different companies or businesses of companies depending on the particular nature of a proposed engagement and the requested types of service(s) or the location of the client or delivery of the services. Our businesses are highly competitive. Our competitors include large organizations, such as the global accounting firms and large management and financial consulting companies, which offer a broad range of consulting services, investment banking firms, consulting and software companies, which offer niche services that are the same or similar to services or products offered by one or more of our segments, and small firms and independent contractors that provide one or more specialized services.

We compete primarily on the basis of the breadth of our services, the quality of our work, the prominence of our professionals, our geographic reach, our reputation and performance record, our specific industry expertise, our ability to staff multiple significant engagements across disciplines and industries in multiple locations, and our strong client relationships. Our Technology segment, and to a lesser extent our other segments, may also compete on price, although the critical nature of our services, particularly those provided by our Corporate Finance/Restructuring, Forensic and Litigation Consulting and Economic Consulting segments, typically makes price a secondary consideration. Since our businesses depend in a large part on professional relationships, there are low barriers of entry for professionals, including our professionals, electing to work independently, start their own firms or change employers.

Our Corporate Finance/Restructuring segment primarily competes with specialty boutiques providing restructuring or M&A services, and to a lesser extent large investment banks and global accounting firms. Our Forensic and Litigation Consulting segment primarily competes with other large consulting companies with service offerings similar to ours. Our Economic Consulting segment primarily competes with individually recognized economists, specialty boutiques and large consulting companies with service offerings similar to ours. Our Technology segment primarily competes with consulting and software providers specializing in the discovery of ESI and the management of electronic content. There continues to be significant consolidation of companies providing services similar to our Technology segment, through M&A and other transactions with larger, diversified technology and other companies, which may provide some competitors access to greater financial and other resources than those of the Company. In addition, new and existing competitors have competed more aggressively against the Technology segment on the basis of price, particularly with respect to hosting and e-discovery services. Our Strategic Communications segment competes with the large public relations firms and boutique M&A and crisis management communications firms. Our Strategic Communications segment has been experiencing competitive downward fee pressure on higher margin types of engagements.

Some service providers are larger than we are and on certain engagements may have an advantage over us with respect to one or more competitive factors. Specialty boutiques or smaller local or regional firms, while not offering the range of services we provide, may compete with us on the basis of geographic proximity, specialty services or pricing advantages.

Patents, Licenses and Trademarks

We consider the Ringtail^®, Attenex^®, and Acuity^® and other technologies and software to be proprietary and confidential. We have also developed other e-discovery software products under the Ringtail^® brand, which we consider proprietary and confidential. We consider our TrialMax^® comprehensive trial preparation software to be proprietary and confidential. The Ringtail^® and TrialMax^® software and technology are not protected by

patents. We rely upon non-disclosure agreements and contractual agreements and internal controls, including confidentiality and invention disclosure agreements with our employees and independent contractors, and license agreements with third parties, to protect our proprietary information. Despite these safeguards, there is a risk that competitors may obtain and seek to use such intellectual property.

We hold 54 U.S. patents and have 26 U.S. patent applications pending, and one pending U.S. provisional patent application. We have filed 21 international patent applications under the Patent Cooperation Treaty all of which have entered the National phase. We hold 10 non-U.S. issued patents in Canada and Europe, and 18 non-U.S. patent applications pending in Canada and Europe. No additional patent applications have been issued or are pending in other countries. All of the above patents cover various aspects of software of our Technology segment, except one patent that covers a pending U.S. provisional patent application acquired by our Economic Consulting segment.

We also rely upon non-disclosure, license and other agreements to protect our products and services.

We have also developed marketing language, such as “Critical Thinking at the Critical Time” and logos and designs that we have registered or taken steps to register and protect. In some cases, but not all, the trademarks have been registered in the U.S. and/or foreign jurisdictions, or, in some cases, applications have been filed and are pending. The use of certain FTI, Palladium, and Compass-formative marks and Compass Lexecon marks are pursuant to certain Co-Existence, Consent and/or Settlement agreements. We believe we take the appropriate steps to protect our trademarks and brands.

Corporate Information

We incorporated under the laws of the State of Maryland in 1982. We are a publicly traded company with common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol “FCN.” Our executive offices are located at 777 South Flagler Drive, Suite 1500 West Tower, West Palm Beach, Florida 33401. Our telephone number is 561-515-1900. Our website is http://www.fticonsulting.com.

Financial Information on Industry Segments and Geographic Areas

We manage and report operating results through five reportable operating segments. We also administratively manage our business through four geographic regions. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to our Operations” for a discussion of risks related to international operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Note 19 in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for a discussion of revenues, net income and total assets by business segment and revenues for the U.S. and all foreign countries as a group.

Available Information

We are subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act. Therefore, we file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such reports, proxy statements and other information may be obtained by visiting the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically.

We make available, free of charge, on or through our website at www.fticonsulting.com, our annual, quarterly and current reports and any amendments to those reports, as well as our other filings with the SEC, as soon as reasonably practicable after electronically filing them with the SEC. Information posted on our website is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or any other report filed with the SEC in satisfaction of the requirements of the Exchange Act. Copies of this Annual Report on Form 10-K as well as other periodic reports filed with the SEC may also be requested at no charge from our Corporate Secretary, FTI Consulting, Inc., 777 South Flagler Drive, Suite 1500, West Palm Beach, Florida, telephone number 561-515-1900.

ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS

All of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition to the risks discussed below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, other risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently consider immaterial could, in the future, materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and financial results.

Risks Related to Our Reportable Segments

Changes in capital markets, M&A activity and legal or regulatory requirements and general economic or other factors beyond our control could reduce demand for practice offerings or services, in which case our revenues and profitability could decline.

A number of factors outside of our control affect demand for our services. These include:

•

fluctuations in U.S. and global economies in general and the strength and rate of any general economic recovery from the economic recessions experienced by the U.S. and other countries;

•

the U.S. or global financial markets and the availability, costs and terms of credit;

•

the level of leverage incurred by countries or businesses;

•

M&A activity;

•

over-expansion by businesses causing financial difficulties;

•

business and management crises;

•

new and complex laws and regulations or changes of enforcement of existing laws, rules and regulations;

•

other economic and geographic factors; and

•

general business conditions.

Our Corporate Finance/Restructuring segment provides various restructuring and restructuring-related services to companies in financial distress or their creditors or other stakeholders. In 2013, the Corporate Finance/Restructuring segment experienced a decline of revenues derived from restructuring (including bankruptcy) engagements and a reduction in large bankruptcy engagements. Reductions in M&A and capital markets transactions also negatively affect certain practice offerings of our Corporate Finance/Restructuring segment. Factors outside of our control also drive demand for the services of our other reportable segments. For example, decreases in litigation filings, class-action suits and regulatory investigations and settlements of proceedings adversely affect our Forensic and Litigation Consulting, Economic Consulting and Technology segments. Our Strategic Communications segment has been negatively impacted by the slow economic recovery, the slow recovery of M&A and a reduction in capital markets transactions and public stock offering activity, and client decisions to reduce, postpone or curtail discretionary spending, resulting in fewer or lower fee retainer engagements.

We are not able to predict the positive or negative effects that future events or changes to the U.S. or global economies, financial markets and business environments could have on our operations. Changes to any of the factors described above as well as other events, including by way of example, continuing contractions of world economies, banking, credit markets, real estate and retail or other industries, credit defaults by businesses and countries, new legislation, changes to laws and regulations, including changes to the bankruptcy code, tort reform, banking reform, or a decline in government enforcement or litigation or monetary damages or remedies that are sought, may have adverse effects on one or more of our segments.

Our revenues, operating income and cash flows are likely to fluctuate.

We experience periodic fluctuations in our revenues, operating income and cash flows and expect that this will continue to occur in the future. We experience fluctuations in our annual or quarterly revenues and operating

income because of the timing and duration of our client assignments, utilization of our revenue-generating professionals, the types of assignments we are working on at different times, the geographic locations of our clients or where the services are rendered, the length of billing and collection cycles, new hiring, business and asset acquisitions, decreased productivity because of vacations taken by our professionals and economic factors beyond our control. Our profitability is likely to decline if we experience an unexpected variation in the number or timing of client assignments or in the utilization rates of our professionals, especially during the fourth quarter when substantial numbers of our professionals take vacations. We may also experience future fluctuations in our operating income and related cash flows because of increases in employee compensation, including changes to our incentive compensation structure and the timing of incentive payments, which we generally pay during the first quarter of each year, or hiring or retention payments which are paid throughout the year. Also, the timing of future acquisitions and the cost of integrating them may cause fluctuations in our operating results.

We may not have sufficient shares of our common stock available under our stockholder-approved equity compensation plans to fund our current equity compensation obligations to our SMDs under the ICP and our voluntary deferred bonus plan, our executive officers under the Executive Officer and Key Employee Long-Term Incentive Program (the “Executive LTIP”) or our directors through their annual equity compensation awards. We also may not have sufficient shares available for awards to our employees and individual service providers for incentive and retention purposes. We may not receive the approval of our stockholders to increase the number of shares of our common stock available for equity compensation awards. If we fail to obtain stockholder approval, our ICP, the Executive LTIP and our other executive officer and director compensation programs and voluntary deferred bonus plan for our SMDs provide that the value of the awards will be paid out in cash. In such case, we would use a greater percentage of our cash flow for incentive and retention payments, which would reduce the cash flow available for other purposes.

Our segments may face risks of fee non-payment, clients may seek to renegotiate existing fees and contract arrangements, and clients may not accept billable rate or price increases, which could result in loss of clients, fee write-offs, reduced revenues and less profitable business.

Our segments are engaged by certain clients who are experiencing or anticipate experiencing financial distress or are facing complex challenges that could result in financial liabilities. This is particularly true in light of the slow economic recovery, and lingering effects of the recession. Such clients may not have sufficient funds to continue operations or to pay for our services. We typically do not receive retainers before we begin performing services on a client’s behalf in connection with a significant number of engagements in our Forensic and Litigation Consulting and Economic Consulting segments, including with respect to bankruptcy engagements. In the cases where we have received retainers, we cannot assure the retainers will adequately cover our fees for the services we perform on behalf of these clients. With respect to bankruptcy cases, bankruptcy courts have the discretion to require us to return all, or a portion of, our fees.

We have received requests to discount our fees or to negotiate lower rates for our services and to agree to contract terms relative to the scope of services and other terms that may limit the size of an engagement or our ability to pass through costs. We consider these requests on a case-by-case basis. We have been receiving these types of requests and negotiations more frequently as the economy has deteriorated and recovered slowly. In addition, our clients and prospective clients may not accept rate increases that we put into effect or plan to implement in the future. Fee discounts, pressure to not increase or even decrease our rates and less advantageous contract terms, could result in the loss of clients, lower revenues and operating income, higher costs and less profitable engagements. More discounts or write-offs than we expect in any period would have a negative impact on our results of operations. There is no assurance that significant client engagements will be renewed or replaced in a timely manner or if at all, or that client engagement will generate the same volume of work or revenues, and be as profitable as past engagements. In addition, certain of our segments have been experiencing more competitive downward fee pressures.

The clients of certain of our sub-practices prefer fixed and other alternative fee arrangements that place cost ceilings or other limitations on our fee structure or may shift more of our revenue generating potential to back

end “success fee” or contingent arrangements. With respect to such alternative arrangements, we may discount our rates initially, which could mean that the cost of providing services exceeds the fees collected by the Company during the term of the engagement. In such cases, the Company’s failure to manage the engagement efficiently or collect the success or performance fees could expose the Company to a greater risk of loss on such engagement than other fee arrangements, or may cause variations in the Company’s revenues and operating results due to the timing of achieving the performance-based criteria, if achieved at all. Our segment’s ability to service clients with these fee arrangements at a cost that does not directly correlate to time and materials may negatively impact or result in a loss of the profitability of such engagement, adversely affecting the financial results of the segment. In addition, our Technology segment has experienced competition from larger companies providing similar services and other competitors who offer competing services at lower costs.

Our Technology segment faces certain risks, including the risk that (i) its proprietary software products may be subject to technological changes and obsolescence, which would make it more difficult for us to compete and (ii) we may not effectively protect the intellectual property used by that segment.

The success of our technology business and its ability to compete depends, in part, upon our technology and other intellectual property, including our proprietary Ringtail^® software, Acuity^TM e-discovery offering and other proprietary information and intellectual property rights. The software and products of our Technology segment are subject to rapid technological innovation. There is no assurance that we will successfully develop new versions of our Ringtail^® software or other products. Our software may not keep pace with industry changes and innovation. There is no assurance that new, innovative or improved software or products will be developed, compete effectively with the software and technology developed and offered by competitors, or be accepted by our clients or the marketplace. If our Technology segment is unable to develop and offer competitive software and products or is otherwise unable to capitalize on market opportunities, the revenues, net income and growth of the Technology segment and the Company could decline.

We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, patent laws, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect these assets. Our Ringtail^® software and related documentation are protected principally under trade secret and copyright laws, which afford only limited protection, and the laws of some foreign jurisdictions provide less protection for our proprietary rights than the laws of the U.S. Certain aspects of our Technology segment software are protected by patents granted in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions. Unauthorized use and misuse of our intellectual property could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and the legal remedies available to us may not adequately compensate us for the damages caused by unauthorized use.

We may not manage our growth effectively and our profitability may suffer.

We experience fluctuations in growth of various operating segments with periods of rapid or declining growth. Periods of rapid expansion of our business may strain our management team, human resources and information systems. We cannot assure that we can successfully manage the integration of the companies and assets we acquire or that they will result in the financial, operational and other benefits that we anticipate. To manage growth successfully, we may need to add qualified managers and employees and periodically update our operating, financial and other systems, as well as our internal procedures and controls. We also must effectively motivate, train and manage a larger professional staff. Some acquisitions may not be immediately accretive to earnings and some expansion may result in significant expenditures, which may adversely affect profitability in the near term. If we fail to add qualified managers, employees and contractors, estimate costs or manage our growth effectively, our business, financial results and financial condition may be harmed.

In periods of declining growth, underutilized employees and contractors may result in expenses and costs being a greater percentage of revenues. In such situations, we will have to weigh the benefits of decreasing our workforce or limiting our service offerings and saving costs against the detriment that the Company could experience from losing valued professionals and their industry expertise and clients.

If we do not effectively manage the utilization of our professionals our financial results could decline.

Our failure to manage the utilization of our professionals who bill on an hourly basis or maintain or increase the hourly rates we charge our clients for our services, could result in adverse consequences, such as non- or lower-revenue-generating professionals, increased employee turn-over, fixed compensation expenses in periods of declining revenues, the inability to appropriately staff engagements, or special charges associated with reductions in staff or operations. Reductions in workforce will not necessarily lead to savings. In such event, our financial results may decline or be adversely impacted. A number of factors affect the utilization of our professionals. Some of these factors we cannot predict with certainty, including general economic and financial market conditions, the number, size and timing of client engagements, the level of demand for our services, appropriate professional staffing levels in light of changing client demands, utilization of professionals across segments and geographic regions, acquisitions and staff vacations. Factors that could negatively affect utilization in our Corporate Finance/Restructuring segment include the completion of bankruptcy proceedings, the timing of the completion of engagements, fewer and smaller restructuring (including bankruptcy) cases, a recovering or strong economy, easy credit availability, low interest rates and fewer, smaller and less complex M&A or less capital markets activity. Factors that could negatively affect utilization in our Forensic and Litigation Consulting segment include the settlement of litigation, fewer and less complex legal disputes, fewer class action suits, the timing of the completion of engagements, less government regulation or fewer regulatory investigations and the timing of government investigations and litigation. Factors that could adversely affect utilization in our Economic Consulting segment include fewer or smaller M&A or less capital markets activity or fewer complex transactions, a reduced number of regulatory filings and less litigation, reduced antitrust and competition regulation, fewer government investigations and proceedings and timing of client utilization of our services. Our global expansion into or within locations where we are not well known or where demand for our services is not well developed could also contribute to low or lower utilization rates in certain locations.

Our segments may enter into engagements on a fixed-fee basis. Failure to effectively manage professional hours and other aspects of fixed-fee engagements may result in the costs of providing such services exceeding the fees collected by the Company. Failure to successfully complete or reach milestones with respect to contingent fee or success fee assignments may also lead to less revenue or the costs of providing services under those types of arrangements exceeding the fees collected by the Company.

Our Technology segment derives revenue from consulting services, e-discovery services, recurring licensing fees and the amount of data hosted for a client. Factors that could adversely affect our Technology segment’s revenues include the settlement of litigation and a decline in and less complex litigation proceedings and governmental investigations. Our Strategic Communications segment derives revenues from fixed fee and retainer based contracts. Factors that could adversely affect our Strategic Communications segment’s revenues include a decline in M&A or capital markets activity, fewer event driven crises affecting businesses, fewer public securities offerings and general economic decline that may reduce certain discretionary spending by clients.

Risks Related to Our Operations

Our international operations involve special risks.

We operate in 25 countries in addition to the U.S. We expect to continue our international expansion, and our international revenues are expected to account for an increasing portion of our revenues in the future. For the year ended December 31, 2013, operations outside of the U.S. accounted for approximately 27% of our total revenues, of which approximately 27% were generated by our Corporate Finance/Restructuring segment, 25% were generated by our Strategic Communications segment, 23% were generated by our Economic Consulting segment, 18% were generated by our Forensic and Litigation Consulting segment, and 7% were generated by our Technology segment.

Our international operations involve financial and business risks that differ from or are in addition to those faced by our U.S. operations, including:

•

cultural and language differences;

•

limited “brand” recognition of FTI Consulting in non-U.S. markets;

•

employment laws and rules and related social and cultural factors that could result in lower utilization rates and cyclical fluctuations in utilization and revenues;

•

currency fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies that could adversely affect financial and operating results;

•

different legal and regulatory requirements and other barriers to conducting business;

•

greater difficulties in resolving the collection of receivables when legal proceedings are necessary;

•

greater difficulties in managing our non-U.S. operations, including client relationships, in certain locations;

•

disparate systems, policies, procedures and processes;

•

failure to comply with the U.S. FCPA and anti-bribery laws of other jurisdictions;

•

higher operating costs;

•

longer sales and/or payment cycles;

•

restrictions or adverse tax consequences for the repatriation of earnings;

•

potentially adverse tax consequences, such as trapped foreign losses and importation or withholding taxes;

•

different or less stable political and/or economic environments; and

•

civil disturbances or other catastrophic events that reduce business activity.

If we are not able to quickly adapt to or effectively manage our geographic markets outside of the U.S., our business prospects and results of operations could be negatively impacted.

Failure to comply with governmental, regulatory and legal requirements or with our company-wide Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, Anti-Corruption Policy, Policy on Inside Information and Insider Trading, and other policies could lead to governmental or legal proceedings that could expose us to significant liabilities and damage our reputation.

We have a robust Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, Anti-Corruption Policy and Policy on Inside Information and Insider Trading and other policies and procedures that are designed to educate and establish the standards of conduct that we expect from our executive officers, directors, employees and independent contractors. These policies require strict compliance with U.S. and local laws and regulations applicable to our business operations, including those laws and regulations prohibiting improper payments to government officials. In addition, as a corporation whose securities are registered under the Securities Act and publicly traded on the New York Stock Exchange, our executive officers, directors, employees and independent contractors are required to comply with the prohibitions against insider trading of our securities. In addition, we impose restrictions on the trading of securities of our clients. Nonetheless, we cannot assure you that our policies, procedures and related training programs will ensure full compliance with all applicable legal requirements. Illegal or improper conduct by our executive officers, directors, employees and independent contractors or others who are subject to our policies could damage our reputation in the U.S. and internationally or lead to litigation or governmental or regulatory proceedings that could result in civil or criminal penalties, including substantial monetary awards, fines and penalties, as well as disgorgement of profits.

We are party to various litigation claims and legal proceedings. We evaluate these litigation claims and legal proceedings to assess the likelihood of unfavorable outcomes and to estimate, if possible, the amount of potential losses. Based on these assessments and estimates, we establish reserves and/or disclose the relevant litigation claims or legal proceedings, as appropriate. These assessments and estimates are based on the information available to management at the time and involve a significant amount of management judgment. We caution you that actual outcomes or losses may differ materially from those envisioned by our current assessments and estimates.

We may be required to recognize additional impairment charges, which could materially affect our financial results.

We assess our goodwill, trade names and other intangible assets as well as our other long-lived assets as and when required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States to determine whether they are impaired and, if they are, to record appropriate impairment charges. Factors we consider include significant under-performance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results and significant negative industry or economic trends. In the fourth quarter of 2012 and the third quarter of 2013, we recorded impairment charges to the carrying value of goodwill of our Strategic Communications segment of $110.4 million and $83.8 million, respectively. It is possible that we may be required to record significant impairment charges in the future when an impairment of our long-lived assets has been realized. Such charges have had and could have an adverse impact on our results of operations.

Risks Related to Our People

Our failure to recruit and retain qualified professionals could negatively affect our financial results and our ability to staff client engagements, maintain relationships with clients and drive future growth.

We deliver sophisticated professional services to our clients. To attract and retain clients, we need to demonstrate professional acumen and build trust and strong relationships. Our professionals have highly specialized skills. They also develop strong bonds with the clients they serve. Our continued success depends upon our ability to attract and retain professionals who have expertise, reputations and client relationships critical to maintaining and developing our business. We face intense competition in recruiting and retaining highly qualified professionals to drive our organic growth and support expansion of our services and geographic footprint. We cannot assure that we will be able to attract and retain enough qualified professionals to maintain or expand our business. Moreover, competition has caused our costs of retaining and hiring qualified professionals to increase, a trend which could adversely affect our operating margins and financial results.

As of December 31, 2013, we had written employment arrangements with substantially all of our 413 SMDs, of which 234 employment agreements have fixed terms ending between 2014 and 2024. Of such written agreements, 223 provide that at the end of the initial term they automatically renew for successive year-to-year terms, unless either party provides advance written notice of non-renewal. Of the 234 other agreements, 98 will come up for renewal in 2014 and 22 will come up for renewal in 2015. All of our written employment arrangements with SMDs include covenants providing for restrictions on the SMD’s ability to compete and solicit the employees of the Company following the end of their employment.

Despite the renewal provisions, we could face retention issues at the end of the terms of those agreements and large compensation expenses to secure extensions. There is no assurance we will enter into new long-term employment agreements with other SMDs, although that is our intention. We monitor contract expirations carefully to commence dialogues with professionals regarding their employment well in advance of the actual contract expiration dates. Our goal is to renew employment agreements when advisable and to stagger the expirations of the agreements if possible. Because of the concentration of contract expirations in certain years, we may experience high turnover or other adverse consequences, such as higher costs, loss of clients and engagements or difficulty staffing engagements, if we are unable to renegotiate employment arrangements or the costs of retaining qualified professionals become higher. The admission of large numbers of new ICP participants may result in the concentration of expirations in future years.

We incur substantial costs to hire and retain our professionals and we expect these costs to continue and grow.

We make unsecured general recourse forgivable loans and grant stock option, restricted stock and other stock-based awards to attract and retain our professional employees. In 2006, we implemented our ICP, which is designed to align the interests of our professionals with the interests of our Company and its stakeholders. The cost of implementing and retaining our ICP Program has been significant. Participants receive cash payments in the form of unsecured general recourse forgivable loans. We also make forgivable and other types of loans to new hires and professionals who join us in connection with acquisitions as well as current employees and other professionals on a case-by-case basis. The amounts of loans are significant. Some or all of the principal amount and accrued interest of the loans we make to employees will be forgiven by us upon the passage of time, provided that the professional is an employee on the forgiveness date, and upon other specified events, such as death, disability, termination by us without cause, termination by the employee with good reason or retirement or contract non-renewal, as may be applicable to the relevant employment agreement or loan grant. We expect to continue issuing significant amounts of unsecured general recourse forgivable loans. We also provide significant additional payments under the ICP Program in the form of stock options and restricted stock awards or, alternatively, cash if we do not have adequate equity securities available under stockholder-approved equity plans.

In addition, our Economic Consulting segment has contracts with its economists that provide for compensation equal to such professionals annual collected client fees plus a percentage of the annual fees generated by junior professionals working on engagements managed by such professionals, which results in compensation expense for that segment being a higher percentage of revenues and EBITDA than the compensation paid by other segments. We expect that these arrangements will continue and that the Company will enter into similar arrangements with other economists hired by the Company.

We rely heavily on our executive officers and the heads of our operating segments and geographic regions for the success of our business.

We rely heavily on our executive officers, the heads of our operating segments and our regional leaders to manage our operations. Given the highly specialized nature of our services and the scale of our operations, our executive officers and senior managers must have a thorough understanding of our service offerings as well as the skills and experience necessary to manage a large organization in diverse geographic locations. Effective December 17, 2013, Dennis J. Shaughnessy retired as our Executive Chairman of the Board, and the Board of Directors appointed Gerard E. Holthaus as non-executive Chairman of the Board. In addition, Jack B. Dunn, IV announced that he would resign as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a director, effective January 20, 2014, and the Board of Directors elected Steven H. Gunby as our new President and Chief Executive Officer and appointed him as a director effective that day. We are unable to predict with certainty the impact that this and future transitions in our executive leadership may have on our business operations, prospects, financial results, client relationships or employee retention or morale.

Professionals may leave our company to form or join competitors and we may not have, or may choose not to pursue, legal recourse against such professionals.

Our professionals typically have close relationships with the clients they serve, based on their expertise and bonds of personal trust and confidence. Therefore, the barriers to our professionals pursuing independent business opportunities or joining our competitors should be considered low. Although our clients generally contract for services with us as a company, and not with individual professionals, in the event that professionals leave, such clients may decide that they prefer to continue working with a professional rather than with our Company. Substantially all of our written employment arrangements with our SMDs include non-competition and non-solicitation covenants. These restrictions have generally been drafted to comply with state “reasonableness” standards. However, states generally interpret restrictions on competition narrowly and in favor of employees. Therefore, a state may hold certain restrictions on competition to be unenforceable. In the case of employees outside of the U.S., we draft non-competition provisions in an effort to comply with applicable

foreign law. In the event an employee departs and acts in a way that we believe violates his or her non-competition or non-solicitation agreement, we will consider any legal remedies we may have against such person on a case-by-case basis. We may decide that preserving cooperation and a professional relationship with the former employee or client, or other concerns, outweigh the benefits of any possible legal recourse. We may also decide that the likelihood of success does not justify the costs of pursuing a legal remedy. Therefore, we may, in rare circumstances decide not to pursue legal action, even if it is available to us.

Risks Related to Our Client Relationships

If we are unable to accept client engagements due to real or perceived relationship issues, our revenues, growth, client engagements and prospects may be negatively affected.

Our inability to accept engagements from clients or prospective clients, represent multiple clients in connection with the same or competitive engagements, and any requirement that we resign from client engagements may negatively impact our revenues, growth and financial results. While we follow internal practices to assess real and potential issues in the relationships between and among our clients, engagements, practices and professionals, such concerns cannot always be avoided. For example, we generally will not represent parties adverse to each other in the same matter. Under federal bankruptcy rules, we generally may not represent both a debtor and its creditors in the same proceeding, and we are required to notify the U.S. Trustee of real or potential conflicts. Even if we begin a bankruptcy-related engagement, the U.S. Trustee could find that we no longer meet the disinterestedness standard because of real or potential changes in our status as a disinterested party, and order us to resign, which could result in disgorgement of fees. Acquisitions may require us to resign from a client engagement because of relationship issues that are not currently identifiable. In addition, businesses that we acquire or employees who join us may not be free to accept engagements they could have accepted prior to our acquisition or hire because of relationship issues.

Claims involving our services could harm our overall professional reputation and our ability to compete and attract business and hire and retain qualified professionals.

Our engagements involve matters that may result in a severe impact on a client’s business, cause the client a substantial monetary loss or prevent the client from pursuing business opportunities. Our ability to attract new clients and generate new and repeat engagements or hire professionals depends upon our ability to maintain a high degree of client satisfaction as well as our reputation among industry professionals. As a result, any claims against us involving the quality of our services may be more damaging than similar claims against businesses in other industries.

We may incur significant costs and may lose engagements as a result of claims by our clients regarding our services.

Many of our engagements involve complex analysis and the exercise of professional judgment, including litigation and governmental investigatory matters where we act as experts. Therefore, we are subject to the risk of professional liability. Although we believe we maintain an appropriate amount of liability insurance, it is limited. Any claim by a client or a third party against us could expose us to professional or other liabilities in excess of the amount of our insurance limits as well as reputational issues that adversely affect our ability to attract new or maintain existing engagements or clients. Damages and/or expenses resulting from any successful claims against us, for indemnity or otherwise, in excess of the amount of insurance coverage we maintain, would have to be borne directly by us and could harm our profitability and financial resources.

Our clients may terminate our engagements with little or no notice and without penalty, which may result in unexpected declines in our utilization and revenues.

Our engagements center on transactions, disputes, litigation and other event-driven occurrences that require independent analysis or expert services. Transactions may be postponed or cancelled, litigation may be settled or

be dismissed, and disputes may be resolved, in each case with little or no prior notice to us. If we cannot manage our backlog, our professionals may be underutilized until we can reassign them or obtain new engagements, which can adversely affect financial results.

The engagement letters that we typically enter into with clients do not obligate them to continue to use our services. Typically, our engagement letters permit clients to terminate our services at any time without penalties. In addition, our business involves large client engagements that we staff with a substantial number of professionals. At any time, one or more client engagements may represent a significant portion of a segment’s revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2013, three clients of our Technology segment accounted for approximately 39% of that segment’s annual revenues. No other single client accounted for more than 10% of the 2013 revenues of any of our other operating segments. If we are unable to replace clients or revenues as engagements end, clients unexpectedly cancel engagements with us or curtail the scope of our engagements, and we are unable to replace the revenues from those engagements, eliminate the costs associated with those engagements or find other engagements to utilize our professionals, the financial results and profitability of a segment or the Company could be adversely affected.

We may not have, or may choose not to pursue, legal remedies against clients who terminate their engagements.

The engagement letters that we typically have with clients do not obligate them to continue to use our services and permit them to terminate the engagement without penalty at any time. Even if the termination of an ongoing engagement by a client could constitute a breach of the client’s engagement agreement, we may decide that preserving the overall client relationship is more important than seeking damages for the breach, and for that or other reasons, decide not to pursue any legal remedies against a client, even though such remedies may be available to us. We make the determination whether to pursue any legal actions against a client on a case-by-case basis.

Failures of our internal information technology systems controls or compromise of confidential client or company information could damage our reputation, harm our businesses and adversely impact our results of operations.

Our reputation for providing secure information storage and maintaining the confidentiality of proprietary, confidential and trade secret information is critical to the success of our businesses, especially our Technology segment which hosts client information as a service. We routinely face cyber-based attacks and attempts by hackers and similar unauthorized users to gain access to or corrupt our information technology systems, which so far have been unsuccessful. Such attacks could disrupt our business operations, cause us to incur unanticipated losses and result in unauthorized disclosures of confidential or proprietary information. We expect to continue to face such attempts. Although we seek to prevent, detect and investigate these network security incidents and have taken steps to mitigate the likelihood of network security breaches, there can be no assurance that attacks by unauthorized users will not be attempted in the future or that our security measures will be effective.

In addition, the Company’s own confidential and proprietary information and that of our clients could be compromised, whether intentionally or unintentionally, by our employees, consultants or vendors. A successful breach and compromise of the security of our information technology systems leading to theft or misuse of our own or our clients’ proprietary or confidential information, or the public disclosure or use of such information by others, could result in losses, third party claims against us and reputational harm.

If our reputation is damaged due to a data security breach or theft or compromise of confidential or proprietary information, our ability to attract new engagements and clients may be impaired or we may be subjected to damages or penalties, which could negatively impact our businesses, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, if our reputation is damaged, we may become less competitive, which could negatively impact our businesses, financial condition or results of operations.

Governmental focus on data privacy and security could increase our costs of operations.

In reaction to publicized incidents in which electronically stored personal and other information has been lost, accessed or stolen, or transmitted by or to third parties without permission, many states and federal governmental authorities have adopted, proposed or are considering adopting or proposing, data security and/or data privacy statutes or regulations. In addition, many non-U.S. jurisdictions have data privacy and data access laws applicable to personal and other information. Continued governmental focus on data security and privacy may lead to additional legislative and regulatory action, which could increase the complexity of doing business. The increased emphasis on information security and the requirements to comply with applicable U.S. and foreign data security and privacy laws and regulations may increase our costs of doing business and negatively impact our results of operations.

Risks Related to Competition

If we fail to compete effectively, we may miss new business opportunities or lose existing clients and our revenues and profitability may decline.

The market for some of our consulting services is highly competitive. We do not compete against the same companies across all of our segments, practices, services or geographic regions. Instead we compete with different companies or businesses of companies depending on the particular nature of a proposed engagement and the types of requested service(s) and the location of the client or delivery of the service(s). Our businesses are highly competitive. Our competitors include large organizations, such as the global accounting firms and the large management and financial consulting companies that offer a broad range of consulting services, investment banking firms, consulting and software companies, which offer niche services that are the same or similar to services or products offered by one or more of our segments, and small firms and independent contractors that focus on specialized services. Some of our competitors have significantly more financial resources, a larger national or international presence, larger professional staffs and greater brand recognition than we do. Some have lower overhead and other costs and can compete through lower cost service offerings. Since our business depends in large part on professional relationships, our business has low barriers of entry for professionals electing to start their own firms or work independently. In addition, it is relatively easy for professionals to change employers. If we cannot compete effectively with our competitors or if the costs of competing, including the costs of retaining and hiring professionals, becomes too expensive, our expected revenue growth and financial results may differ materially from our expectations.

We may face competition from parties who sell us their businesses and from professionals who cease working for us.

In connection with our acquisitions, we generally obtain non-solicitation agreements from the professionals we hire, as well as non-competition agreements from senior managers and professionals. The agreements prohibit such individuals from competing with us during the term of their employment and for a fixed period afterwards and seeking to solicit our employees or clients. In some cases, but not all, we may obtain non-competition or non-solicitation agreements from parties who sell us their business or assets. The duration of post-employment non-competition and non-solicitation agreements typically range from six- to 12-months. Non-competition agreements with the sellers of businesses or assets that we acquire typically continue longer than 12-months. Certain activities may be carved out of or otherwise may not be prohibited by these arrangements. We cannot assure that one or more of the parties from whom we acquire assets or a business or who do not join us or leave our employment will not compete with us or solicit our employees or clients in the future. States and foreign jurisdictions may interpret restrictions on competition narrowly and in favor of employees. Therefore, certain restrictions on competition may be unenforceable. In addition, we may not pursue other legal remedies if we determine that preserving cooperation and a professional relationship with the former employee or his clients, or other concerns, outweigh the benefits of any possible legal recourse or the likelihood of success does not justify the costs of pursuing a legal remedy. Such persons, because they have worked for our Company or a business that we acquire, may be able to compete more effectively with us, or be more successful in soliciting our employees and clients, than unaffiliated third parties.

Risks Relating to our Acquisition Strategy

If we fail to find suitable acquisition candidates, or if we are unable to take advantage of opportunistic acquisition situations, our ability to expand our business may be slowed or curtailed.

If the competition for acquisitions increases, or if the cost of acquiring businesses or assets becomes too expensive, the number of suitable acquisition opportunities may decline, the cost of making an acquisition may increase or we may be forced to agree to less advantageous acquisition terms for the companies that we are able to acquire. Alternatively, at the time an acquisition opportunity presents itself, internal and external pressures (including, but not limited to, borrowing capacity under our senior secured bank credit facility or the availability of alternative financing), may cause us to be unable to pursue or complete an acquisition. Our ability to grow our business, particularly through acquisitions, may depend on our ability to raise capital by selling equity or debt securities or obtaining additional debt financing. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain financing when we need it or on terms acceptable to us. As a result of these factors, we may be unable to grow our business or expand our client offerings as quickly as we have in the past or as we currently plan.

We may have difficulty integrating our acquisitions or convincing clients to allow assignment of their engagements to us, which can reduce the benefits we receive from acquisitions.

A substantial amount of our growth has resulted from acquisitions. The process of managing and integrating our acquisitions into our existing operations may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and may require significant financial, operational and managerial resources that would otherwise be available for the operation, development and expansion of our existing business. To the extent that we misjudge our ability to integrate and properly manage acquisitions, we may have difficulty achieving our operating, strategic and financial objectives.

Acquisitions also may involve a number of special financial, business and operational risks, such as:

•

difficulties in integrating diverse corporate cultures and management styles;

•

disparate company policies and practices;

•

client relationship issues;

•

decreased utilization during the integration process;

•

loss of key existing or acquired personnel;

•

increased costs to improve or coordinate managerial, operational, financial and administrative systems;

•

dilutive issuances of equity securities, including convertible debt securities, to finance acquisitions;

•

the assumption of legal liabilities;

•

future earn-out payments or other price adjustments; and

•

potential future write-offs relating to the impairment of goodwill or other acquired intangible assets.

In addition to the integration challenges mentioned above, our acquisitions of non-U.S. companies offer distinct integration challenges relating to foreign laws and governmental regulations, including tax and employee benefit laws, and other factors relating to operating in countries other than the U.S., which have been discussed above in the discussion regarding the difficulties we may face operating globally.

Asset transactions may require us to seek client consents to the assignment of their engagements to us or a subsidiary. All clients may not consent to an assignment. In certain cases, such as government contracts and bankruptcy engagements, the consents of clients cannot be solicited until after the acquisition has closed. Further, such engagements may be subject to security clearance requirements or bidding provisions with which we might not be able to comply. There is no assurance that local, state, federal or foreign governments will agree to novate their contracts to us.

Strategic acquisitions may not be accretive in the near term or at all.

To compete for acquisitions, competitive market conditions may require us to pay prices that represent a higher multiple of revenues or profits. As a result of these competitive dynamics, certain acquisitions may not be accretive to our overall financial results in the near term.

We may have a different system of governance and management from the companies we acquire or their parents, which could cause professionals who join us from acquired companies to leave us.

Our governance and management practices and policies do not mirror the policies and practices of acquired companies or their parents. In some cases, different management practices and policies may lead to workplace dissatisfaction on the part of professionals who join our Company. Some professionals may choose not to join our Company or leave after joining us. Existing professionals may leave us as well. The loss of key professionals may harm our business and results of operations and cause us not to realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition.

Due to fluctuations in our stock price, acquisition candidates may be reluctant to accept shares of our common stock as purchase price consideration, use of our shares as purchase price consideration may be more dilutive, or the owners of certain companies we seek to acquire may insist on stock price guarantees.

We may structure acquisitions to pay a portion of the purchase price in shares of our common stock. The number of shares issued as consideration is typically based on an average closing price per share of our common stock for a number of days prior to the closing of such acquisition. We believe that payment in the form of shares of common stock of FTI Consulting, Inc. provides the acquired entity and its principals with a vested interest in the future success of the acquisition and the Company. The recent extreme volatility of stock markets and the recent decline and volatility of the price per share of common stock of FTI Consulting, Inc. may result in acquisition candidates being reluctant to accept our shares as consideration. In such cases, we may have to issue more shares, if stock constitutes part of the consideration, pay the entire purchase price in cash, or negotiate an alternative price structure. The result may be an increase in the cost of an acquisition.

Certain past acquisition related agreements have contained stock price guarantees that resulted in cash payments in the future if the price per share of FTI Consulting, Inc. common stock fell below a specified per share market value on the date restrictions lapse. There is no assurance that an acquisition candidate will not negotiate stock price guarantees, particularly in light of our stock price volatility, with respect to future acquisitions, which may increase the costs of an acquisition.

Risks Related to our Indebtedness

Our leverage could adversely affect our financial condition or operating flexibility and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under our outstanding Notes, Senior Bank Credit Facility and other outstanding indebtedness.

Our total consolidated long-term debt as of December 31, 2013 was approximately $717.0 million, and we have $348.6 million of undrawn availability under our senior secured bank revolving credit facility entered into in November 2012 (our “Senior Bank Credit Facility”).

Our level of indebtedness could have important consequences on our future operations, including:

•

making it more difficult for us to satisfy our payment and other obligations under the notes or our other outstanding debt;

•

resulting in an event of default if we fail to comply with the financial and other covenants contained in the indenture governing the notes and our other outstanding debt agreements, which could result in all of our debt becoming immediately due and payable and could permit the lenders under our Senior Bank Credit Facility to foreclose on the assets securing such debt;

•

subjecting us to the risk of increased sensitivity to interest rate increases on our debt with variable interest rates, including the Senior Bank Credit Facility;

•

reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes, and limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for these purposes;

•

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, and increasing our vulnerability to, changes in our business, the industry in which we operate and the general economy; and

•

placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt or are less leveraged.

Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations and future borrowings may not be available to us under our Senior Bank Credit Facility or otherwise in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our debt or to fund our other liquidity needs.

Despite our current level of indebtedness, we and our subsidiaries may still incur significant additional indebtedness, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness, including additional secured indebtedness, in the future. The terms of the indentures governing our senior notes due 2020, or 2020 Notes, senior notes due 2022, or 2022 Notes, and collectively referred to as the Notes, and our Senior Bank Credit Facility, limit, but do not prohibit, us from incurring additional indebtedness. In addition, the indentures that govern the Notes will allow us to issue additional indebtedness under certain circumstances which may also be guaranteed by our domestic subsidiaries that guarantee the Notes and the Senior Bank Credit Facility. The indentures for the Notes also allow us to incur certain other additional secured debt, which would be effectively senior to the Notes. In addition, the indentures for the Notes do not prevent us from incurring other liabilities that do not constitute indebtedness. Our ability to incur additional indebtedness may have the effect of reducing the amounts available to pay amounts due with respect to our indebtedness, including the Notes. If we incur new debt or other liabilities, the related risks that we and our subsidiaries now face could intensify.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service our indebtedness, including the Notes, and we may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our payment obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our indebtedness depends on the future performance of FTI Consulting, Inc. and the performance of its subsidiaries, which will be affected by financial, business and economic conditions and other factors. We will not be able to control many of these factors, such as the general economy, economic conditions in the industries in which we operate and competitive pressures. Our cash flow may not be sufficient to allow us to pay principal and interest on our debt and to meet our other obligations, including with respect to the Notes. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures, or to sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the Notes. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In addition, the terms of existing or future debt agreements, including our Senior Bank Credit Facility and the indentures that govern the Notes, may restrict us from pursuing any of these alternatives.

In the event that we need to refinance all or a portion of our outstanding debt before maturity or as it matures, we may not be able to obtain terms as favorable as the terms of our existing debt or refinance our existing debt at all. If interest rates or other factors existing at the time of refinancing result in higher interest rates upon refinancing, then the interest expense relating to the refinanced debt would increase. Furthermore, if any rating agency changes our credit rating or outlook, our debt and equity securities could be negatively affected, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our indebtedness is guaranteed by substantially all of our domestic subsidiaries and will be required to be guaranteed by future domestic subsidiaries, including those that join us in connection with acquisitions.

Substantially all of our U.S. subsidiaries guarantee our obligations under our Notes and Senior Bank Credit Facility. Future U.S. subsidiaries will be required to provide similar guarantees and, in the case of the Senior Bank Credit Facility, similar security. If we default on any guaranteed indebtedness, our U.S. subsidiaries could be required to make payments under their guarantees, and our senior secured creditors could foreclose on their assets to satisfy unpaid obligations, which would materially adversely affect our business and financial results.

Our variable rate indebtedness will subject us to interest rate risk, which could cause our annual debt service obligations to increase significantly.

Borrowings under our Senior Bank Credit Facility will be at variable rates of interest, which expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income would decrease. An increase in debt service obligations under our variable rate indebtedness could affect our ability to make payments required under the terms of the Senior Bank Credit Facility, Notes or our other indebtedness.

The covenants in our Senior Bank Credit Facility and the indentures governing our Notes impose restrictions that may limit our operating and financial flexibility.

The Senior Bank Credit Facility includes negative covenants that may, subject to exceptions, limit our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things:

•

create, incur, assume or suffer to exist liens;

•

make investments and loans;

•

create, incur, assume or suffer to exist additional indebtedness or guarantees;

•

engage in mergers, acquisitions, consolidations, sale-leasebacks and other asset sales and dispositions;

•

pay dividends or redeem or repurchase our capital stock;

•

alter the business that we and our subsidiaries conduct;

•

engage in certain transactions with affiliates;

•

modify the terms of certain indebtedness, including the indentures governing the Notes;

•

prepay, redeem or purchase certain indebtedness, including the Notes; and

•

make material changes to accounting and reporting practices.

In addition, the Senior Bank Credit Facility includes financial covenants that require us (i) not to exceed a maximum leverage ratio, (ii) not to exceed a maximum senior secured leverage ratio, and (iii) to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio.

The indentures governing the Notes contain a number of significant restrictions and covenants that may limit our ability and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

•

incur or guarantee additional indebtedness;

•

make certain restricted payments;

•

create or incur certain liens;

•

create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other distributions to us from our restricted subsidiaries;

•

engage in certain sale and leaseback transactions;

•

transfer all or substantially all of our assets or the assets of any restricted subsidiary or enter into merger or consolidation transactions with third parties; and

•

engage in certain transactions with affiliates.

Operating results below a certain level or other adverse factors, including a significant increase in interest rates, could result in us being unable to comply with certain debt covenants. If we violate these covenants and are unable to obtain waivers, our debt under these agreements would be in default and could be accelerated and could permit, in the case of secured debt, the lenders to foreclose on our assets securing the debt thereunder. If the indebtedness is accelerated, we may not be able to repay our debt or borrow sufficient funds to refinance it. Even if we are able to obtain new financing, it may not be on commercially reasonable terms or on terms that are acceptable to us. If our debt is in default for any reason, our cash flows, results of operations or financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, complying with these covenants may also cause us to take actions that are not favorable to holders of the Notes and may make it more difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy and compete against companies that are not subject to such restrictions.

We may not have sufficient funds to repurchase Notes upon a change of control, and certain strategic transactions may not constitute a change of control.

The terms of the Notes will require us to make an offer to repurchase the Notes upon the occurrence of a change of control triggering event (as defined under the applicable indentures), in some cases at a premium in excess of the principal amount of such Notes plus accrued interest to the date of the purchase. It is possible that we will not have sufficient funds at the time of the change of control triggering event to make the required repurchase of Notes and will be required to obtain third party financing to do so. We may not be able to obtain this financing on commercially reasonable terms, or on terms acceptable to us, or at all. In addition, the occurrence of certain change of control events may constitute an event of default under the terms of our Senior Bank Credit Facility. Such an event of default would entitle the lenders under our Senior Bank Credit Facility to, among other things, cause all outstanding debt to become due and payable.

We continuously evaluate and may in the future enter into strategic transactions. Any such transaction could happen at any time, could be material to our business and could take any number of forms, including, for example, an acquisition, merger or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets. Moreover, such strategic transactions may or may not be deemed to constitute a change of control triggering event as defined in the indentures that govern the Notes and/or the credit agreement governing our Senior Bank Credit Facility.

ITEM 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES

Our executive offices located in West Palm Beach, Florida consist of 16,103 square feet under a lease expiring August 2018. Under leases expiring August 2017, we lease 54,402 square feet of office space for our principal corporate facilities located in Annapolis, Maryland. We also lease offices to support our operations in 35 other cities across the U.S., including New York, Chicago, Denver, Houston, Dallas, Los Angeles, San Francisco and Washington, D.C., and we lease office space to support our international locations in 25 countries — the UK, Ireland, France, Germany, Spain, Belgium, Russia, Australia, China (including Hong Kong), Japan, Singapore, the Philippines, the United Arab Emirates, South Africa, Argentina, Brazil, Colombia, Panama, Mexico, Canada, Indonesia, India, Qatar, the Cayman Islands and the British Virgin Islands. We believe our existing facilities are adequate to meet our current requirements and that suitable space will be available as needed.

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time in the ordinary course of business, we are subject to claims, asserted or unasserted, or named as a party to lawsuits or investigations. Litigation, in general, and intellectual property and securities litigation in particular, can be expensive and disruptive to normal business operations. Moreover, the results of legal proceedings cannot be predicted with any certainty and in the case of more complex legal proceedings, such as intellectual property and securities litigation, the results are difficult to predict at all. We are not aware of any asserted or unasserted legal proceedings or claims that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of our operations.

ITEM 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable

PART II

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Price of and Dividends on Our Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

Market Information. Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “FCN.” The following table lists the high and low sale prices per share for our common stock based on the closing sales price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange for the periods indicated.


	2013				2012
	High		Low		High		Low
Quarter Ended
March 31	$	37.85	$	31.87	$	44.22	$	37.52
June 30	$	38.17	$	31.20	$	38.09	$	27.59
September 30	$	38.42	$	32.30	$	29.75	$	23.11
December 31	$	46.11	$	37.11	$	33.44	$	24.82

Number of Stockholders of Record. As of January 31, 2014, the number of holders of record of our common stock was 247.

Dividends. We have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock to date and we currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our shares of common stock in the foreseeable future because we intend to retain our earnings, if any, to finance the expansion of our business, make acquisitions and for general corporate purposes or repurchase shares of our common stock. Moreover, our Senior Bank Credit Facility and the indentures governing our Notes restrict our ability to pay dividends. See Note 14 — “Long-Term Debt” to our consolidated financial statements for more information.

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table lists information regarding outstanding stock options and authorized shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2013. None of the plans have outstanding warrants or rights other than options and cash-based stock appreciation rights, except for stock awards, including shares of restricted and unrestricted stock, and deferred stock awards, including stock units and restricted stock units. We have not issued any shares of our common stock to employees as compensation under plans that have not been approved by our security holders. The number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights included in Column (a) of the following table excludes:

•

30,400 shares of common stock issued as unvested stock awards under our 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (as Amended and Restated Effective as of May 14, 2008), or the 2004 Plan;

•

35,296 shares of common stock issued as unvested stock awards under our 2006 Global Long-Term Incentive Plan (as Amended and Restated Effective as of May 14, 2008), or the 2006 Plan;

•

1,637,915 shares of common stock issued as unvested stock awards, restricted stock awards, stock units and restricted stock unit awards under our 2009 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (f/k/a the FTI Consulting, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees and Non-Employee Directors (as Amended and Restated Effective as of June 2, 2010 (2009 Omnibus Plan)); and

•

137,895 shares of common stock sold under our 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended (ESPP), and 1,255,735 shares deregistered with the SEC on January 30, 2009 upon termination of our ESPP effective January 1, 2009.

Equity Compensation Plan Information as of December 31, 2013


	(a)			(b)		(c)
Plan Category	Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights			Weighted-Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights		Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities Reflected in Column (a))
	(in thousands)					(in thousands)
Equity compensation plans approved by our security holders		4,246	⁽¹⁾	$	37.68		768	⁽²⁾
Equity compensation plans not approved by our security holders		—			—		—

Total		4,246		$	37.68		768

⁽¹⁾

Includes 28,769 shares of common stock issuable upon vesting and exercise of outstanding stock options granted under our 1997 Stock Option Plan, 846,924 shares of common stock issuable upon vesting and exercise of outstanding stock options granted under our 2004 Plan, 1,097,319 shares of common stock issuable upon vesting and exercise of outstanding stock options granted under our 2006 Plan, and 2,273,480 shares of common stock issuable upon vesting and exercise of outstanding stock options granted under our 2009 Omnibus Plan.

⁽²⁾

Includes 19,740 shares of common stock available for issuance under our 2004 Plan, all of which are available for stock-based awards (including deferred stock unit and restricted stock unit awards), 247,797 shares of common stock available for issuance under our 2006 Plan, including 78,025 shares of common stock available for stock-based equity awards, and 500,665 shares of common stock available for issuance under our 2009 Omnibus Plan, all of which are available for stock-based awards (including deferred stock unit and restricted stock unit awards).

Issuances of Unregistered Securities

Not Applicable

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

The following table provides information with respect to purchases we made of our common stock during the fourth quarter of 2013 (in thousands except per share amounts).


	Total Number of Shares Purchased			Average Price Paid per Share		Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Program		Approximate Dollar Value that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Program⁽⁴⁾
October 1 through October 31, 2013		5	⁽¹⁾	$	40.47		—	$	151,199
November 1 through November 30, 2013		3	⁽²⁾	$	42.13		—	$	151,199
December 1 through December 31, 2013		557	⁽³⁾	$	41.79		535	$	128,838

Total		565					535

⁽¹⁾	Represents 4,777 shares of common stock withheld to cover payroll tax withholdings related to the lapse of restrictions on restricted stock.

⁽²⁾	Represents 3,244 shares of common stock withheld to cover payroll tax withholdings related to the lapse of restrictions on restricted stock.

⁽³⁾	Represents 534,875 shares of common stock repurchased pursuant to our stock repurchase program announced in June 2012 and 22,389 shares of common stock withheld to cover payroll tax withholdings related to the lapse of restrictions on restricted stock.

⁽⁴⁾

In June 2012, our Board of Directors authorized a two-year stock repurchase program of up to $250.0 million (the “2012 Repurchase Program”). During the year ended December 31, 2013, we repurchased and retired 1,956,900 shares of common stock, at a cost of $71.1 million, of which $66.7 million was paid at

December 31, 2013. $4.4 million was accrued and included in “Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2013, a balance of approximately $128.8 million remained available under the 2012 Repurchase Program.

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

We derived the selected financial data presented below for the periods or dates indicated from our consolidated financial statements. Our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010, and 2009 were audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. The data below should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information appearing in “— Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “— Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

A number of factors have caused our results of operations and financial position to vary significantly from one year to the next and can make it difficult to evaluate period-to-period comparisons because of a lack of comparability. The most significant of these factors are as follows:

Acquisitions

Our results of operations and financial position were impacted by our acquisition activities. The results of operations for acquired businesses have been included in our results of operations since the date of their acquisitions.

Goodwill Impairment Charge

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we recorded an $83.8 million and $110.4 million goodwill impairment charge related to the Strategic Communications segment. The impairment charges were non-cash in nature and did not affect the Company’s current liquidity, cash flows, borrowing capability or operations. These charges are further described under “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” below, and in Note 13 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” in the notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Special Charges

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded special charges totaling $38.4 million, of which $14.1 million was non-cash. The charges reflect certain executive leadership transition costs and costs related to actions we took to realign our workforce to address current business demands impacting our Corporate Finance/ Restructuring and Forensic and Litigation Consulting segments, and to reduce certain corporate overhead within our EMEA region. The special charges consisted of:

•

$23.7 million of contractual post-employment severance and transition services, equity award and retention bonus expense acceleration primarily related to the transition of the Company’s Executive Chairman and the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer. In addition, we incurred $3.9 million of accelerated expense related to future payments required to be made under a contractual transition service agreement with a Corporate Finance/Restructuring segment senior client facing professional. $10.9 million of these charges are non-cash;

•

$10.2 million of severance costs and other contractual employee related costs, including loan forgiveness and accelerated recognition of compensation cost of share-based awards, associated with the reduction in workforce of 45 employees. $3.2 million of these charges are non-cash; and

•

$0.6 million of costs to consolidate leased office space within one office location to adjust prior year special charges for changes to sublease terms and employee termination costs.

Communications and Technology segments, to address certain targeted practices within our Corporate Finance/Restructuring and Economic Consulting segments, and to reduce excess real estate capacity. These actions include the termination of 116 employees, the consolidation of leased office space within nine office locations and certain other actions.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded special charges of $15.2 million, of which $4.8 million was non-cash. The charges reflect actions we took to reduce overhead in connection with the realignment of certain senior management on a global basis and to align our workforce with expected market trends, primarily in our Corporate Finance/Restructuring segment.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, we recorded special charges of $51.1 million, of which $31.4 million was non-cash. The non-cash charges primarily included trade name impairment charges related to our global FTI Consulting branding strategy and other strategic branding decisions. The remaining charges related to a realignment of our workforce and a consolidation of four office locations. The charges reflect actions we took to support our corporate positioning, as well as actions taken to better align capacity with expected demand, to eliminate certain redundancies resulting from acquisitions and to provide for appropriate levels of administrative support.

Stockholders’ Equity

In June 2012, our Board of Directors authorized the 2012 Repurchase Program. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we repurchased and retired 1,956,900 shares of our common stock for an average price per share of $36.35, at a cost of $71.1 million, of which $66.7 million was paid at December 31, 2013. $4.4 million was accrued and included in “Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we repurchased and retired 1,681,029 shares of our common stock for an average price per share of $29.76, using cash on hand of approximately $50.0 million. At December 31, 2013, a balance of approximately $128.8 million remained available under the 2012 Repurchase Program.

In the first quarter of 2011, we entered into a supplemental confirmation with Goldman Sachs for a $209.4 million accelerated stock buyback transaction (the “2011 ASB”), pursuant to the November 2009 collared accelerated stock buyback master confirmation agreement between us and Goldman Sachs (the “Master Agreement”). During the year ended December 31, 2011 we repurchased and retired 5,733,205 shares of common stock, using cash on hand of approximately $209.4 million. The repurchase of shares was accounted for as a share retirement resulting in a reduction of common stock issued and outstanding of 5,733,205 shares and a corresponding reduction in common stock and additional paid-in capital of $209.4 million. The completion of the 2011 ASB completed the $500 million stock repurchase program authorized by the Board of Directors in November 2009.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, we repurchased and retired 1,178,089 shares of our common stock, using cash on hand of approximately $40.6 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2009, we purchased and retired 4,874,807 shares of common stock, using cash on hand of $250.0 million pursuant to the Master Agreement. The repurchase of shares was accounted for as a share retirement resulting in a reduction in stockholders’ equity of $250.0 million.


	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011			2010			2009
	(in thousands, except per share data)
INCOME STATEMENT DATA
Revenues	$	1,652,432		$	1,576,871		$	1,566,768		$	1,401,461		$	1,399,946

Operating Expenses
Direct cost of revenues		1,042,061			980,532			956,908			825,599			772,191
Selling, general and administrative expense		394,681			378,016			373,295			341,239			344,871
Special charges		38,414			29,557			15,212			51,131			—
Acquisition-related contingent consideration		(10,869	)		(3,064	)		(6,465	)		1,190			—
Amortization of other intangible assets		22,954			22,407			22,371			23,910			24,701
Goodwill impairment charge		83,752			110,387			—			—			—

		1,570,993			1,517,835			1,361,321			1,243,069			1,141,763

Operating income		81,439			59,036			205,447			158,392			258,183

Interest income and other		1,748			5,659			6,304			4,423			8,408
Interest expense		(51,376	)		(56,731	)		(58,624	)		(50,263	)		(44,923	)
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		—			(4,850	)		—			(5,161	)		—

Income from continuing operations, before income tax provision		31,811			3,114			153,127			107,391			221,668
Income tax provision		42,405			40,100			49,224			41,407			81,825

Net income (loss)	$	(10,594	)	$	(36,986	)	$	103,903		$	65,984		$	139,843

Earnings (loss) per common share — basic	$	(0.27	)	$	(0.92	)	$	2.53		$	1.45		$	2.80
Earnings (loss) per common share — diluted	$	(0.27	)	$	(0.92	)	$	2.39		$	1.38		$	2.63
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
Basic		39,188			40,316			41,131			45,557			49,963

Diluted		39,188			40,316			43,473			47,664			53,127



	December 31,
	2013			2012			2011			2010			2009
	(in thousands)
BALANCE SHEET DATA
Cash and cash equivalents	$	205,833		$	156,785		$	264,423		$	384,570		$	118,872
Working capital ⁽¹⁾		419,531			370,178			273,117			504,680			96,817
Total assets		2,364,947			2,275,452			2,411,084			2,405,488			2,071,637
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations, including current portion and fair value hedge adjustments		717,014			723,045			796,960			793,122			555,498
Stockholders’ equity		1,042,259			1,068,232			1,106,202			1,167,606			1,102,699

⁽¹⁾	Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities.

ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following is a discussion and analysis of our consolidated financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and capital resources for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 and significant factors that could affect our prospective financial condition and results of operations. You should read this discussion together with our consolidated financial statements and notes included in “— Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” Historical results and any discussion of prospective results may not indicate our future performance.

Business Overview

We are a leading global business advisory firm dedicated to helping organizations protect and enhance their enterprise value. We work closely with our clients to help them anticipate, understand, manage and overcome complex business matters arising from such factors as the economy, financial and credit markets, governmental regulation and legislation and litigation. We assist clients in addressing a broad range of business challenges, such as restructuring (including bankruptcy), financing and credit issues and indebtedness, interim business management, forensic accounting and litigation matters, international arbitrations, M&A, antitrust and competition matters, e-discovery, management and retrieval of electronically stored information, reputation management and strategic communications. We also provide services to help our clients take advantage of economic, regulatory, financial and other business opportunities. Our experienced teams of professionals include many individuals who are widely recognized as experts in their respective fields. We believe clients retain us because of our recognized expertise and capabilities in highly specialized areas as well as our reputation for satisfying client needs.

We report financial results for the following five reportable segments:

Our Corporate Finance/Restructuring segment focuses on strategic, operational, financial and capital needs of businesses around the world and provides consulting and advisory services on a wide range of areas, such as restructuring (including bankruptcy), interim management, financings, M&A, post-acquisition integration, valuations, tax issues and performance improvement.

Our Forensic and Litigation Consulting segment provides law firms, companies, government clients and other interested parties with dispute advisory, investigations, forensic accounting, business intelligence assessments, data analytics and risk mitigation services, as well as interim management and performance improvement services for our health solutions practice clients.

Our Economic Consulting segment provides law firms, companies, government entities and other interested parties with analysis of complex economic issues for use in legal, regulatory and international arbitration proceedings, strategic decision making and public policy debates in the U.S. and around the world.

Our Technology segment provides e-discovery and information management consulting, software and services to its clients. It provides products, services and consulting to companies, law firms, courts and government agencies worldwide. Its comprehensive suite of software and services help clients locate, review and produce ESI, including e-mail, computer files, voicemail, instant messaging and financial and transactional data.

Our Strategic Communications segment provides advice and consulting services relating to financial and corporate communications and investor relations, reputation management and brand communications, public affairs, business consulting and digital design and marketing.

As of January 1, 2013, the Company’s financial results reflect a combination of the healthcare and life sciences focused personnel that were formerly included in the Corporate Finance/Restructuring and Forensic and Litigation Consulting segments, into a single integrated practice. The newly combined health solutions practice

consists of over 200 professionals dedicated to serving this growth industry. In the first quarter of 2013, we modified our reportable segments to reflect the changes described above. The Company’s health solutions practice is now aggregated in its entirety in the Forensic and Litigation Consulting reportable segment. Prior period Corporate Finance/Restructuring and Forensic and Litigation Consulting segment information has been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

We derive substantially all of our revenues from providing professional services to both U.S. and global clients. Over the past several years the growth in our revenues and profitability has resulted from our ability to attract new and recurring engagements and the acquisitions we have completed.

Most of our services are rendered under time-and-expense arrangements that obligate the client to pay us a fee for the hours that we incur at agreed upon rates. Under this arrangement, we typically bill our clients for reimbursable expenses, which may include the cost of producing our work product and other direct expenses that we incur on behalf of the client, such as travel costs. We also render services for which certain clients may be required to pay us a fixed fee or recurring retainer. These arrangements are generally cancellable at any time. Some of our engagements contain performance-based arrangements in which we earn a success fee when and if certain predefined outcomes occur. This type of success fee may supplement a time-and-expense or fixed-fee arrangement. Success fee revenues may cause variations in our revenues and operating results due to the timing of achieving the performance-based criteria. In our Technology segment, certain clients are also billed based on the amount of data stored on our electronic systems, the volume of information processed and the number of users licensing our Ringtail^® software products for use or installation within their own environments. We license these products directly to end users as well as indirectly through our channel partner relationships. Unit-based revenue is defined as revenue billed on a per-item, per-page, or some other unit-based method and includes revenue from data processing and hosting, software usage and software licensing. Unit-based revenue includes revenue associated with our proprietary software that is made available to customers, either via a web browser (“on-demand”) or installed at our customer or partner locations (“on-premise”). On-demand revenue is charged on a unit or monthly basis and includes, but is not limited to, processing and review related functions. On-premise revenue is comprised of up-front license fees, with recurring support and maintenance. Seasonal factors, such as the timing of our employees’ and clients’ vacations and holidays, impact the timing of our revenues.

Our financial results are primarily driven by:

•

the number, size and type of engagements we secure;

•

the rate per hour or fixed charges we charge our clients for services;

•

the utilization rates of the revenue-generating professionals we employ;

•

the number of revenue-generating professionals;

•

fees from clients on a retained basis or other;

•

licensing of our software products and other technology services;

•

the types of assignments we are working on at different times;

•

the length of the billing and collection cycles, and

•

the geographic locations of our clients or locations in which services are rendered.

Non-GAAP Measures

In the accompanying analysis of financial information, we sometimes use information derived from consolidated and segment financial information that is not presented in our financial statements and prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). Certain of these measures are considered “non-GAAP financial measures” under the SEC rules. Specifically, we have referred to:

•

Segment Operating Income

•

Total Segment Operating Income

•

Adjusted EBITDA

•

Adjusted Segment EBITDA

•

Total Adjusted Segment EBITDA

•

Adjusted Net Income

•

Adjusted Earnings per Diluted Share

We define Segment Operating Income as a segment’s share of consolidated operating income. We define Total Segment Operating Income as the total of Segment Operating Income for all segments, which excludes unallocated corporate expenses. We use Segment Operating Income for the purpose of calculating Adjusted Segment EBITDA. We define Adjusted EBITDA as consolidated net income (loss) before income tax provision, other non-operating income (expense), depreciation, amortization of intangible assets, special charges, loss on early extinguishment of debt and goodwill impairment charges. We define Adjusted Segment EBITDA as a segment’s share of consolidated operating income before depreciation, amortization of intangible assets, special charges and goodwill impairment charges. We define Total Adjusted Segment EBITDA as the total of Adjusted Segment EBITDA for all segments, which excludes unallocated corporate expenses. We use Adjusted Segment EBITDA to internally evaluate the financial performance of our segments because we believe it is a useful supplemental measure which reflects current core operating performance and provides an indicator of the segment’s ability to generate cash. We also believe that these measures, when considered together with our GAAP financial results, provide management and investors with a more complete understanding of our operating results, including underlying trends, by excluding the effects of special charges and goodwill impairment charges. In addition, EBITDA is a common alternative measure of operating performance used by many of our competitors. It is used by investors, financial analysts, rating agencies and others to value and compare the financial performance of companies in our industry. Therefore, we also believe that these measures, considered along with corresponding GAAP measures, provide management and investors with additional information for comparison of our operating results to the operating results of other companies.

We define Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Earnings per Diluted Share as net income (loss) and earnings per diluted share, respectively, excluding the impact of special charges, goodwill impairment charges and losses on early extinguishment of debt. We use Adjusted Net Income for the purpose of calculating Adjusted Earnings per Diluted Share. Management uses Adjusted Earnings per Diluted Share to assess total company operating performance on a consistent basis. We believe that this measure, when considered together with our GAAP financial results, provides management and investors with a more complete understanding of our business operating results, including underlying trends, by excluding the effects of special charges, goodwill impairment charges and losses on early extinguishment of debt.

Non-GAAP financial measures are not defined in the same manner by all companies and may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. Non-GAAP financial measures should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for or superior to, the information contained in our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). Reconciliations of GAAP to non-GAAP financial measures are included elsewhere in this filing.

We define acquisition growth as the results of operations of acquired companies in the first twelve months following the effective date of an acquisition. Our definition of organic growth is the change in the results of operations excluding the impact of all such acquisitions.

Full Year 2013 Executive Highlights

Leadership Succession

On December 16, 2013 the Company announced its Board of Directors had elected Steve Gunby as the next President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) of the Company. Mr. Gunby was elected to the positions of President and CEO of the Company and appointed as a director of the Company effective January 20, 2014, succeeding Jack B. Dunn IV, who left his positions as President and CEO and director after 21 years of service with the Company. The selection of Mr. Gunby culminates the Board’s CEO succession process. The Board believes Mr. Gunby’s extensive consulting industry experience, his understanding of the opportunities and challenges of a global consulting brand and his success in leading growth and profitability initiatives represent a strong combination of capability and track record from which to lead the Company.

On December 13, 2013, the Board accepted Mr. Shaughnessy’s resignation as a director, which was effective upon his retirement as Executive Chairman of the Board of the Company following the Board’s December 17, 2013 meeting. The Board appointed Gerard E. Holthaus, previously the Presiding Director, to become non-executive Chairman of the Board effective December 17, 2013.

Financial Highlights


	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			% Growth
	(dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenues	$	1,652,432		$	1,576,871			4.8	%
Special charges⁽¹⁾	$	38,414		$	29,557			30.0	%
Goodwill impairment charge⁽¹⁾	$	83,752		$	110,387			-24.1	%
Adjusted EBITDA	$	259,100		$	250,991			3.2	%
Net income (loss)	$	(10,594	)	$	(36,986	)		71.4	%
Earnings (loss) per common share — diluted	$	(0.27	)	$	(0.92	)		70.7	%
Adjusted earnings per common share — diluted	$	2.39		$	2.30			3.9	%
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	193,271		$	120,188			60.8	%
Total number of employees at December 31,		4,207			3,915			7.5	%

⁽¹⁾	Excluded from non-GAAP measures.

Revenues

Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased $75.6 million, or 4.8%, to $1,652.4 million, compared to $1,576.9 million in the prior year period. Acquisitions contributed $48.2 million, and represented 3.1% of the year-over-year growth. Revenues grew organically primarily due to strength in the Company’s Economic Consulting segment’s antitrust litigation and financial economics practices in the North America and EMEA regions. The Forensic and Litigation Consulting segment also contributed to organic growth, primarily from demand for the Company’s health solutions services. Additionally, the Technology segment experienced increased demand for its services offering. These revenue increases were partially offset by continued weak restructuring and bankruptcy and capital markets activity, which adversely impacted the Company’s Corporate Finance/Restructuring and Strategic Communications segments, respectively.

Special Charges

Special charges for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $38.4 million and $29.6 million, respectively. The non-cash portions of the special charges for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $14.1 million and $5.0 million, respectively. The 2013 special charges reflect certain executive leadership transition costs and costs related to actions we took to realign our workforce to address current business demands impacting our Corporate Finance/Restructuring and Forensic and Litigation Consulting segments, and to reduce certain corporate overhead within our EMEA region. The 2013 special charges consisted of:

•

$0.6 million of costs to consolidate leased office space within one office location to adjust prior year special charges for changes to sublease terms and employee termination costs.

Goodwill Impairment Charge

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased $8.1 million, or 3.2% to $259.1 million, or 15.7% of revenues, compared to $251.0 million or 15.9% of revenues, in the prior year period. Adjusted EBITDA included gains in 2013 of $13.6 million related to expectations that the Company would pay reduced amounts of contingent consideration for several of its acquisitions in the Asia Pacific region. Similarly, the Company recorded a gain of $5.2 million in 2012. Excluding these amounts, the Adjusted EBITDA was stable at $245.5 million in 2013 vs $245.8 million in 2012 as revenue increases in the Company’s Economics Consulting, Forensic and Litigation Consulting and Technology segments as described above, were offset by under-utilization in the Company’s bankruptcy and restructuring practices in its Corporate Finance/Restructuring segment and lower demand from weak capital markets in the Company’s Strategic Communications segment.

Net Income (Loss)

Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2013 decreased $26.4 million to ($10.6) million, compared to ($37.0) million in the prior year period. The current period included a goodwill impairment charge and special charges of $83.8 million and $38.4 million, respectively, as compared to $110.4 million and $29.6 million in the prior year period. Net loss was also impacted by the operating results described above.

Earnings (loss) per share and Adjusted Earnings Per Share

Loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2013 decreased $0.65 to ($0.27) compared to ($0.92) in the prior year period. The decrease of the loss per share of $0.65 was primarily related to a decrease in the impact of the goodwill impairment charge of $0.60 and a decrease in the loss on early extinguishment of debt of $0.07, partially offset by an increase in special charges of $0.12. Earnings (loss) per share were also impacted by the operating results described above. Adjusted earnings per diluted share, which excludes the impact of the goodwill impairment charge and special charges, increased $0.09 to $2.39, compared to $2.30 in the prior year period.

Cash

Cash balances increased by $49.0 million to $205.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 due to increased cash flow from operating activities. Cash flow from operations increased $73.1 million to $193.3 million as compared to $120.2 million for the same prior year period primarily as a result of lower employee bonus payments and income tax payments. Cash collections were also slightly higher compared to the prior year as a result of increased revenues in the quarter ended December 31, 2013 compared to the same prior year period, offset by the impact of a slower collection cycle as indicated by an increase in days sales outstanding (DSO). DSO is a performance measure used to assess how quickly revenues are collected by the Company. We calculate DSO at the end of each reporting period by dividing net accounts receivable reduced by billings in excess of services provided, by revenue for the quarter, adjusted for changes in foreign exchange rates. We multiply the result by the number of days in the quarter. DSO was 97 days at December 31, 2013 compared to 90 days at December 31, 2012. The 7 day increase in DSO was largely driven by a shift in both service and geographic mix. Our receivables grew in our Corporate Finance/Restructuring business in the Asia Pacific region, relative to growth in our other segments and regions. This growth was primarily a result of the acquisition of the corporate finance advisory and restructuring businesses in Australia, where billing and collections are subject to lengthy regulatory procedures.

Headcount

Billable headcount increased by 231 professionals to 3,224 primarily due to acquisition growth, especially in the Corporate Finance restructuring business in our Asia Pacific region, as outlined below.


Billiable Headcount	Corporate Finance/ Restructuring			Forensic and Litigation Consulting			Economic Consulting		Technology		Strategic Communications			Total
December 31, 2012		697			952			474		277		593			2,993
Terminations related to special charge		(25	)		(17	)		—		—		—			(42	)
Acquisitions		72			49			6		—		8			135
Net other headcount additions (reductions)		(7	)		77			50		29		(11	)		138

December 31, 2013		737			1,061			530		306		590			3,224

Other strategic activities

Share repurchase

Sheets. At December 31, 2013, a balance of approximately $128.8 million remained available under the 2012 Repurchase Program.

Acquisitions

In fiscal 2013, the Company invested $51.0 million on six acquisitions. Each of these acquisitions enhanced the Company’s practice offerings, geographic footprint or industry expertise.

In Corporate Finance/Restructuring, the Company acquired Taylor Woodings, an Australian specialist corporate advisory firm with offices in Sydney, Melbourne, Perth and Brisbane on April 4, 2013. This acquisition expanded the geographic footprint and service offerings of FTI Consulting in Australia.

In Forensic and Litigation Consulting, the Company acquired Alliance on February 7, 2013. Alliance provides claims consulting, CPM scheduling, quantity surveying and project controls services to all sectors of the construction industry. The Company also acquired Distinct on November 4, 2013. Distinct provides insurance management consulting services with offices in Dublin, London and New York. The Company also acquired RSI, an independent provider of solutions to operational risks that organizations face with an office in New York on December 18, 2013.

In Economic Consulting, the Company acquired Princeton Economic Group, an economic consulting firm based in Princeton, NJ on May 1, 2013.

In Strategic Communications, the Company acquired C2 Group, a bipartisan government relations and lobbying firm based in Washington, D.C. on March 19, 2013.

Critical Accounting Policies

General. Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which we have prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the US. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We evaluate our estimates, including those related to allowance for doubtful accounts and unbilled services, goodwill, share based compensation, income taxes and contingencies on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on current facts and circumstances, historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable. These results form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We believe that the following critical accounting policies reflect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition. Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the related services are provided, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. If at the outset of an arrangement we determine that the arrangement fee is not fixed or determinable, revenue is deferred until all criteria for recognizing revenue are met. Provisions are recorded for the estimated realization adjustments on all engagements, including engagements for which fees are subject to review by the bankruptcy courts and other regulatory institutions. If the client is in bankruptcy, fees for our services may be subject to approval by the court. In some cases, a portion of the fees to be paid to us by a client is required by a court to be held until completion of our work and final fee settlements have been negotiated. We make a determination whether to record all or a portion of such holdback as revenue prior to collection on a case-by-case basis. We generate the majority of our revenues from providing professional services under four types of billing arrangements: time-and-expense, fixed-fee, performance-based and unit-based.

Time-and-expense billing arrangements require the client to pay based on the number of hours worked by our revenue-generating professionals at contractually agreed-upon rates. We recognize revenues for our professional services rendered under time-and-expense engagements based on the hours incurred at agreed-upon rates as work is performed. In some cases, time-and-expense arrangements are subject to a cap, in which case we assess work performed on a periodic basis to ensure that the cap has not been exceeded.

In fixed-fee billing arrangements, we agree to a pre-established fee in exchange for a pre-determined set of professional services. Generally, the client agrees to pay a fixed fee every month over the specified contract term. These contracts are for varying periods and generally permit the client to cancel the contract before the end of the term. We recognize revenues for our professional services rendered under these fixed-fee billing arrangements monthly over the specified contract term or, in certain cases, revenue is recognized on the proportional performance method of accounting based on the ratio of labor hours incurred to estimated total labor hours, which we consider to be the best available indicator of the pattern and timing in which such contract obligations are fulfilled.

In performance-based or contingent billing arrangements, fees are tied to the attainment of contractually defined objectives. Often this type of arrangement supplements a time-and-expense or fixed-fee engagement, where payment of a performance-based fee is deferred until the conclusion of the matter or upon the achievement of performance-based criteria. We do not recognize revenues under performance-based billing arrangements until all related performance criteria are met and collection of the fee is reasonably assured.

In our Technology segment, unit-based revenues are based on either the amount of data stored or processed, the number of concurrent users accessing the information, or the number of pages or images processed for a client. We recognize revenues for our professional services rendered under unit-based engagements as the services are provided based on agreed-upon rates. We also generate certain revenue from software licenses and maintenance. We have vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value for support and maintenance separate from software for the majority of our products. Accordingly, when licenses of certain offerings are included in an arrangement with support and maintenance, we recognize the license revenue upon delivery of the license and recognize the support and maintenance revenue over the term of the maintenance service period. Substantially all of our software license agreements do not include any acceptance provisions. If an arrangement allows for customer acceptance of the software, we defer revenue until the earlier of customer acceptance or when the acceptance provisions lapse. Revenues from hosting fees are recognized ratably over the term of the hosting agreement. We have certain arrangements with clients in which we provide multiple elements of services under one engagement contract. Revenues under these types of arrangements are accounted for in accordance ASC 605-25, Multiple-Element Arrangements, and recognized pursuant to the criteria described above.

Some clients pay us retainers before we begin work for them. We hold retainers on deposit until we have completed the work. We generally apply these retainers to final billings and refund any excess over the final amount billed to clients, as appropriate.

Reimbursable expenses, including those relating to travel, out-of pocket expenses, outside consultants and other similar costs, are generally included in revenues, and an equivalent amount of reimbursable expenses is included in costs of services in the period in which the expense is incurred. Revenues recognized, but not yet billed to clients, have been recorded as “Unbilled receivables” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Unbilled Services. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts and unbilled services for estimated losses resulting from disputes that affect our ability to fully collect our billed accounts receivable, potential fee reductions negotiated by clients or imposed by bankruptcy courts as well as the inability of clients to pay our fees. Even if a bankruptcy court approves our services, the court has the discretion to require us to refund all or a portion of our fees due to the outcome of the case or a variety of other factors. We estimate the allowance for all receivable risks by reviewing the status of each matter and recording reserves based

on our experience and knowledge of the particular client and historical collection patterns. However, our actual experience may vary significantly from our estimates. If the financial condition of our clients were to deteriorate, resulting in their inability or unwillingness to pay our fees, or bankruptcy courts require us to refund certain fees, we may need to record additional allowances or write-offs in future periods. This risk related to a client’s inability to pay is mitigated to the extent that we may receive retainers from some of our clients prior to performing services.

We record adjustments to the allowance for doubtful accounts and unbilled services as a reduction in revenue when there are changes in estimates of fee reductions that may be imposed by bankruptcy courts and other regulatory institutions, for both billed an unbilled receivables. The allowance for doubtful accounts and unbilled services is also adjusted after the related work has been billed to the client and we later discover that collectability is not reasonably assured. These adjustments are recorded to “Selling, general and administrative expense” on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), and totaled $13.3 million, $14.2 million, and $12.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Goodwill represents the purchase price of acquired businesses in excess of the fair market value of net assets acquired. Other intangible assets include trade names, customer relationships, non-competition agreements and software.

We test our goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually as of the first day of the fourth quarter or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Factors we consider important that could trigger an interim impairment review include, but are not limited to, the following:

•

significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results;

•

a significant change in the manner of our use of the acquired asset or the strategy for our overall business;

•

a significant market decline related to negative industry or economic trends; and/or

•

our market capitalization relative to net carrying value.

We assess our goodwill for impairment using a fair value approach at the reporting unit level. The goodwill impairment test is a two-step process, if necessary. The provisions for the accounting standard of goodwill provide an entity with the option to assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to the determination that it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. This qualitative assessment is referred to as a “step zero” approach. If, based on the review of the qualitative factors, an entity determines it is not more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, the entity may skip the two-step impairment test required by prior accounting guidance. If an entity determines otherwise, Step 1 of the two-step impairment test is required. Step 1 involves determining whether the estimated fair value of the reporting units exceeds the respective carrying value. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value, goodwill of that reporting unit is not impaired. However, if the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, goodwill may be impaired and additional analysis is required. Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill to its carrying value. The implied fair value of goodwill is derived by performing a hypothetical purchase price allocation for the reporting unit as of the measurement date, allocating the reporting unit’s estimated fair value to its net assets and identifiable intangible assets. The residual amount from performing this allocation represents the implied fair value of goodwill. To the extent this amount is below the carrying value of goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded.

In performing Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test, we compare the carrying amount of our reporting units to their estimated fair values. When available and as appropriate, we use market multiples derived from a set of competitors with comparable market characteristics and/or guideline transactions to establish the fair value (market approaches) for a particular reporting unit. We also estimate fair value using a combination of the market approaches and discounted cash flows (an income approach), using appropriate weighting factors.

The cash flows employed in the income approach are based on our most recent budgets, forecasts and business plans, as well as various growth rate assumptions for years beyond the current business plan period. In the income approach, the cash flows were discounted using an estimated WACC based on our assessment of the risk inherent in the future revenue streams and cash flows and our WACC. The WACC is comprised of (1) a risk free rate of return, (2) an equity risk premium that is based on the rate of return on equity of publicly traded companies with business characteristics comparable to our reporting units, (3) the current after-tax market rate of return on debt of companies with business characteristics similar to our reporting units, each weighted by the relative market value percentages of our equity and debt, and (4) an appropriate size premium. In the market approach, we utilize market multiples derived from comparable guideline companies and comparable market transactions to the extent available. These valuations are based on estimates and assumptions including projected future cash flows and the determination of appropriate market comparables and determination of whether a premium or discount should be applied to such comparables.

The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is highly subjective and requires significant judgment and estimates, as our businesses operate in a number of markets and geographical regions. The assumptions utilized in the evaluation of the impairment of goodwill under the market approach include the selection of comparable or “guideline” companies, which are subject to change based on the economic characteristics of our reporting units and the selection of reference transactions, if any, for which a fair value impact may be assessed based on market prices realized in an actual transaction. The assumptions utilized in the evaluation of the impairment of goodwill under the income approach include revenue growth and EBITDA (earnings before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization), tax rates, capital expenditures, weighted average cost of capital (WACC) and related discount rates and expected long-term growth rates. The assumptions which have the most significant effect on our valuations derived using the income approach are: (1) the expected long-term growth rate of our reporting units’ cash flows and (2) the discount rate.

On a quarterly basis, we monitor the key drivers of fair value to detect events or other changes that would warrant an interim impairment test of our goodwill and intangible assets. Factors we consider important which could trigger an interim impairment review include, but are not limited to the following: significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results; a significant change in the manner of our use of the acquired asset or strategy for our overall business; a significant negative industry or economic trend; and our market capitalization relative to net book value.

In the third quarter of 2013, in addition to reduced levels of M&A activity, our Strategic Communications segment experienced pricing pressure for certain discretionary communications services, including initial public offering support services where there is volume but also increasing competition. These factors compressed segment margins and contributed to a change in the Company’s near-term outlook for this segment. This was considered an interim impairment indicator for the Strategic Communications segment at the Strategic Communications reporting unit level. As a result, we performed an interim impairment analysis with respect to the carrying value of goodwill in our Strategic Communications reporting unit in connection with the preparation of our financial statements for the quarter ended September 30, 2013. The results of the Step 1 goodwill impairment analysis indicated that the estimated fair value of our Strategic Communications reporting unit was less than its carrying value; therefore we applied Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test. The results of Step 2 indicated that the carrying values of the goodwill associated with the Strategic Communications reporting unit exceeded its implied fair value, resulting in a $83.8 million non-deductible goodwill impairment charge which is recorded as a separate line item within operating income (loss) within the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). The impairment charge was non-cash in nature and did not affect the Company’s current liquidity, cash flows, borrowing capability or operations; nor did it impact the debt covenants under the Company’s existing credit facility and the Indentures for the 2020 and 2022 Notes. If our long-term future growth rates and associated cash flows were to decline from current estimates, the Strategic Communications reporting unit could potentially experience future impairment charges.

For the 2013 annual goodwill impairment test performed as of the Company’s measurement date of October 1, 2013, we utilized the quantitative tests described above for our other reporting units. The results of the Step 1

goodwill impairment analysis indicated that the estimated fair values of our other reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values and no further impairment testing was required. Each other reporting unit, with the exception of our Corporate Finance/Restructuring reporting unit, had a fair value which significantly exceeded its carrying value. The Corporate Finance/Restructuring reporting unit’s fair value has declined recently as a result of the reduced demand and utilization in the restructuring practice. The estimated fair value is highly dependent on assumptions related to the future cash flow generation of this business. Significant reductions in our current estimates of cash flows for this reporting unit could materially affect the results of our reviews for impairment of goodwill in the future.

We evaluate the reasonableness of the fair value calculations of our reporting units by reconciling the total of the fair values of all of our reporting units to our total market capitalization, taking into account a reasonable control premium for our industry.

There can be no assurance that the estimates and assumptions used in our goodwill impairment testing will prove to be accurate predictions of the future. If our assumptions regarding forecasted cash flows are not achieved or market conditions significantly deteriorate, we may be required to record goodwill impairment charges in future periods, whether in connection with our next annual impairment test or prior to that, if a triggering event occurs outside of the quarter during which the annual goodwill impairment test is performed. It is not possible at this time to determine if any future impairment charge would result or, if it does, whether such charge would be material.

Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate an asset’s carrying value may not be recoverable. We amortize our acquired definite-lived intangible assets on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from 1 to 15 years.

Business Combinations. For business combinations consummated on or after January 1, 2009, accounting principles require that identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree be recognized and measured at fair value as of the acquisition date. Fair value measurements related to contingent consideration obligations require use of estimates and assumptions, including estimates of future cash flows adjusted for the expected timing of each payment. These obligations are classified as liabilities and are remeasured at fair value at each reporting period. Accretion expense is recorded to adjust the discounted value of acquisition contingent consideration liabilities to their present value. Any remeasurement gain or loss resulting from a change in the obligation as a result of changes in expected performance and the accretion expense related to the increase in the net present value of the contingent liability are included in “Acquisition-related contingent consideration” on our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).The remeasurement process requires significant management judgment regarding future performance of the assets acquired and could impact our financial results as those estimates change over time.

For business combinations consummated prior to January 1, 2009, we record contingent consideration when the actual liability is probable.

Share-Based Compensation. We recognize share-based compensation using a fair value based recognition method. Share-based compensation cost is estimated at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period or performance period of the award. The amount of share-based compensation expense recognized at any date must at least equal the portion of grant date value of the award that is vested at that date.

We use the Black-Scholes pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options on the dates of grant. The Black-Scholes pricing model requires various assumptions, including volatility and expected term, which are based on our historical experience. We also make assumptions regarding the risk-free interest rate and the expected dividend yield. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury interest rate whose term is consistent with the expected term of the share-based award. The dividend yield on our common stock is assumed to be zero since we do not pay dividends and have no current plans to do so in the future.

Restricted stock is measured based on the fair market values of the underlying stock on the dates of grant. Awards with performance-based vesting conditions require the achievement of specific financial targets at the end of the specified performance period and the employee’s continued employment. We recognize the estimated fair value of performance-based awards as share-based compensation expense over the performance period. We consider each performance period separately, based upon our determination of whether it is probable that the performance target will be achieved. At each reporting period, we reassess the probability of achieving the performance targets. If a performance target is not met, no compensation cost is ultimately recognized against that target, and, to the extent previously recognized, compensation expense is reversed. For all our share-based awards, we estimate the expected forfeiture rate and recognize expense only for those shares expected to vest. We estimate the forfeiture rate based on historical experience. Groups of share-based award holders that have similar historical behavior with regard to option exercise timing and forfeiture rates are considered separately for valuation and attribution purposes. Forfeitures are estimated at the time an award is granted and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

Income Taxes. Our income tax provision consists principally of federal, state and international income taxes. We generate income in a significant number of states located throughout the U.S., as well as foreign countries in which we conduct business. Our effective income tax rate may fluctuate due to changes in the mix of earnings between higher and lower state or country tax jurisdictions and the impact of non-deductible expenses. Additionally, we record deferred tax assets and liabilities using the asset and liability method of accounting, which requires us to measure these assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is recognized if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more-likely-than-not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. The evaluation of the need for a valuation allowance requires management judgment and could impact our financial results and effective tax rate.

Significant New Accounting Pronouncements

In March 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update 2013-05, Foreign Currency Matters (Topic 830): Parent’s Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity (“ASU 2013-05”). ASU 2013-05 updates accounting guidance related to the application of consolidation guidance and foreign currency matters, and resolves the diversity in practice about what guidance applies to the release of the cumulative translation adjustment into net income. ASU 2013-05 requires that the entire amount of a cumulative translation adjustment related to an entity’s investment in a foreign entity should be released when there has been a: (i) sale of a subsidiary or group of net assets within a foreign entity and the sale represents a substantially complete liquidation of the investment in the foreign entity, (ii) loss of a controlling financial interest in an investment in a foreign entity, and (iii) step acquisition for a foreign entity. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2013. This ASU would impact the Company’s consolidated results of operations and financial condition only in the instance of an event or transaction as described above.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists. The provisions of the rule require an unrecognized tax benefit to be presented as a reduction to a deferred tax asset in the financial statements for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, with certain exceptions. This update is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013, with early adoption permitted. Retrospective application is also permitted. The adoption of this ASU would not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Segment and Consolidated Operating Results:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenues
Corporate Finance/Restructuring	$	382,526		$	394,719		$	364,409
Forensic and Litigation Consulting		433,632			407,586			428,730
Economic Consulting		447,366			391,622			353,981
Technology		202,663			195,194			218,738
Strategic Communications		186,245			187,750			200,910

Total revenues	$	1,652,432		$	1,576,871		$	1,566,768

Operating income (loss)
Corporate Finance/Restructuring	$	58,594		$	80,970		$	66,591
Forensic and Litigation Consulting		68,211			45,809			74,831
Economic Consulting		86,714			71,992			60,890
Technology		38,038			33,642			57,917
Strategic Communications		(72,129	)		(97,298	)		19,066

Segment operating income		179,428			135,115			279,295
Unallocated corporate expenses		(97,989	)		(76,079	)		(73,848	)

Operating income		81,439			59,036			205,447

Other income (expense)
Interest income and other		1,748			5,659			6,304
Interest expense		(51,376	)		(56,731	)		(58,624	)
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		—			(4,850	)		—

		(49,628	)		(55,922	)		(52,320	)

Income before income tax provision		31,811			3,114			153,127
Income tax provision		42,405			40,100			49,224

Net income (loss)	$	(10,594	)	$	(36,986	)	$	103,903

Earnings (loss) per common share — basic	$	(0.27	)	$	(0.92	)	$	2.53
Earnings (loss) per common share — diluted	$	(0.27	)	$	(0.92	)	$	2.39

Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) to Adjusted EBITDA:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(in thousands)
Net income (loss)	$	(10,594	)	$	(36,986	)	$	103,903
Add back:
Income tax provision		42,405			40,100			49,224
Other income (expense), net		49,628			51,072			52,320
Depreciation and amortization		32,541			29,604			28,582
Amortization of other intangible assets		22,954			22,407			22,371
Special charges		38,414			29,557			15,212
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		—			4,850			—
Goodwill impairment charge		83,752			110,387			—

Adjusted EBITDA	$	259,100		$	250,991		$	271,612

Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) and Earnings (Loss) Per Share to Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Earnings Per Share:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Net income (loss)	$	(10,594	)	$	(36,986	)	$	103,903
Add back:
Special charges, net of tax⁽¹⁾		23,267			19,115			9,285
Goodwill impairment charge⁽²⁾		83,752			110,387			—
Loss on early extinguishment of debt, net of tax⁽³⁾		—			2,910			—

Adjusted Net Income	$	96,425		$	95,426		$	113,188

Earnings (loss) per common share — diluted	$	(0.27	)	$	(0.92	)		2.39
Add back:
Special charges, net of tax⁽¹⁾		0.59			0.47			0.21
Goodwill impairment charge⁽²⁾		2.14			2.74			—
Loss on early extinguishment of debt, net of tax⁽³⁾		—			0.07			—
Impact of denominator for diluted adjusted earnings per common share ⁽⁴⁾		(0.07	)		(0.06	)		—

Adjusted earnings per common share — diluted	$	2.39		$	2.30		$	2.60

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding — diluted⁽⁴⁾		40,421			41,578			43,473

⁽¹⁾

The tax effect takes into account the tax treatment and related tax rate(s) that apply to each adjustment in the applicable tax jurisdiction(s). As a result, the effective tax rates for the adjustments related to special charges for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were 39.4%, 35.3% and 39.0%, respectively. The tax expense related to the adjustments related to special charges for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $15.1 million or $0.39 impact on diluted earnings per share, $10.4 million or $0.26 impact on diluted earnings per share, and $5.9 million or $0.14 impact on diluted earnings per share, respectively.

⁽²⁾	The goodwill impairment charge is non-deductible for income tax purposes and resulted in no tax benefit for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

⁽³⁾

The tax effect takes into account the tax treatment and related tax rate(s) that apply to each adjustment in the applicable tax jurisdiction(s). As a result, the effective tax rate for the adjustment for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 40.0%. The tax expense related to the adjustment for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $1.9 million or $0.05 impact on diluted earnings per share. There was no loss on early extinguishment of debt in either of the years ended December 31, 2013 or December 31, 2011.

⁽⁴⁾

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company reported a net loss. For the period, the basic weighted average common shares outstanding equals the diluted weighted average common shares outstanding for purposes of calculating U.S. GAAP earnings per share because potentially dilutive securities would be antidilutive. For non-GAAP purposes, the per share and share amounts presented herein reflect the impact of the inclusion of share-based awards and convertible notes that are considered dilutive based on the impact of the add backs included in Adjusted Net Income above.

Year Ended December 31, 2013 compared to December 31, 2012

Revenues and Operating income

See “Segment Results” for an expanded discussion of Revenue and Adjusted Segment EBITDA.

Special charges

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded special charges totaling $38.4 million, of which $14.1 million was non-cash. The charges reflect certain executive leadership transition costs and costs related to actions we took to realign our workforce to address current business demands and global macro-economic conditions impacting our Corporate Finance/Restructuring and Forensic and Litigation Consulting segments, and to reduce certain corporate overhead within our EMEA region. The special charges consisted of:

•

$23.7 million of contractual post-employment severance and transition services, equity award and retention bonus expense acceleration primarily related to the transition of the Company’s

Executive Chairman and the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer. In addition, we incurred $3.9 million of accelerated expense related to future payments required to be made under a contractual transition service agreement with a Corporate Finance/Restructuring segment senior client facing professional. $10.9 million of these charges are non-cash;

•

$0.6 million of costs to consolidate leased office space within one office location and to adjust prior year special charges for changes to sublease terms and employee termination costs.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded special charges of $29.6 million, of which $5.0 million was non-cash. The charges reflect actions we took to realign our workforce to address current business demands and global macro-economic conditions impacting our Forensic and Litigation Consulting, Strategic Communications and Technology segments, to address certain targeted practices within our Corporate Finance/Restructuring and Economic Consulting segments, and to reduce excess real estate capacity.

The total cash outflow associated with the 2012 and 2013 special charges is expected to be $48.5 million, of which $22.4 million has been paid as of December 31, 2013. $9.5 million is expected to be paid in 2014, $5.0 million is expected to be paid in 2015, $3.0 million is expected to be paid in 2016, and the remaining balance of $8.6 million will be paid from 2017 to 2025. A liability for the current and noncurrent portions of the amounts has been included in “Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other” and “Other liabilities,” respectively, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The following table details the special charges by segment and the decrease in total headcount:


	2013				2012
	Special Charges		Headcount		Special Charges		Headcount
	(dollars in thousands)				(dollars in thousands)
Corporate Finance/Restructuring	$	10,274		25	$	11,332		4
Forensic and Litigation Consulting	$	2,111		17	$	8,276		43
Economic Consulting		11		—		991		8
Technology		16		—		3,114		42
Strategic Communications		66		—		4,712		15

		12,478		42		28,425		112
Unallocated Corporate		25,936		3		1,132		4

Total	$	38,414		45	$	29,557		116

Unallocated corporate expenses

Unallocated corporate expenses increased $21.9 million, or 28.8%, to $98.0 million for 2013 from $76.1 million for 2012. Excluding the impact of special charges of $25.9 million recorded in 2013 and $1.1 million recorded in 2012, unallocated corporate expenses decreased $2.9 million in 2013, or 3.9%. The decrease was primarily due to lower spending on core marketing and lower costs related to strategic planning activities when compared to the prior year. The decrease was partially offset by executive search fees incurred in 2013 as part of our leadership transition.

Interest income and other

Interest income and other, which includes foreign currency transaction gains and losses, decreased by $4.0 million, or 70.2%, to $1.7 million for 2013 from $5.7 million for 2012. The decrease is primarily due to a decrease in interest income and net foreign currency transaction losses in the period ended December 31, 2013 as

compared to net gains in the same prior period. Transaction gains and losses, both realized and unrealized, relate to the remeasurement or settlement of monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in a currency other than an entity’s functional currency. These monetary assets and liabilities include current intercompany receivables and payables. The foreign exchange losses in the year ended December 31, 2013 were primarily due to the volatility of the British pound relative to the US dollar. In addition, the strengthening of the US dollar and Hong Kong dollar against the Australian dollar also resulted in losses during the year.

Interest expense

Interest expense decreased $5.3 million, or 9.3%, to $51.4 million for 2013 from $56.7 million for 2012. Interest expense in 2013 was favorably impacted by lower average borrowings, interest rates and amortization of deferred financing fees in 2013 as compared to 2012, primarily due to the repayment, in full, of our outstanding 3³/₄% senior subordinated convertible notes (“Convertible Notes”) in July 2012 and the extinguishment of our 7³/₄% senior notes due 2016 Notes (the “2016 Notes”) in the fourth quarter of 2012, which was partially offset by interest expense relating to the issuance of the 2022 Notes in the fourth quarter of 2012.

Income tax provision

Our effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were not meaningful due to the impact of the non-deductible goodwill impairment charges of $83.8 million and $110.4 million, respectively. The effective tax rate for 2013 excluding goodwill impairment charges from pre-tax income was 36.7%. The effective tax rate for 2012 excluding goodwill impairment charges from pre-tax income was 35.3%. The effective tax rate in the current year was unfavorably impacted by valuation allowances on foreign net operating loss and foreign tax credit carry forwards, partially offset by favorable settlement of the IRS audit, an increase in non-taxable contingent consideration remeasurement and a decrease in non-deductible expenses.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011

Revenues and Operating income

See “Segment Results” for an expanded discussion of segment operating revenues and operating income.

Special charges

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded special charges totaling $29.6 million, of which $5.0 million was non-cash. The charges reflect actions we took to realign our workforce to address current business demands and global macro-economic conditions impacting our Forensic and Litigation Consulting, Strategic Communications and Technology segments, to address certain targeted practices within our Corporate Finance/Restructuring and Economic Consulting segments, and to reduce excess real estate capacity. These actions included the termination of 116 employees, the consolidation of leased office space within nine office locations and certain other actions. The special charges consisted of:

•

$18.4 million of severance costs and other contractual employee related costs, including loan forgiveness and accelerated recognition of compensation cost of share-based awards, associated with the reduction in workforce of 116 employees; and

•

$11.2 million of expense associated with lease costs related to the consolidation of leased office space in nine office locations

The following table details the special charges by segment and the decrease in total headcount:


	2012				2011
	Special Charges		Headcount		Special Charges		Headcount
	(dollars in thousands)				(dollars in thousands)
Corporate Finance/Restructuring	$	11,332		4	$	9,440		22
Forensic and Litigation Consulting	$	8,276		43		839		7
Economic Consulting		991		8		2,093		6
Technology		3,114		42		—		—
Strategic Communications		4,712		15		—		—

		28,425		112		12,372		35
Unallocated Corporate		1,132		4		2,840		2

Total	$	29,557		116	$	15,212		37

Unallocated corporate expenses

Unallocated corporate expenses increased $2.2 million, or 3.0%, to $76.1 million for 2012 from $73.8 million for 2011. Excluding the impact of special charges of $1.1 million recorded in 2012 and $2.8 million recorded in 2011, unallocated corporate expenses increased $3.9 million in 2012, or 5.5%. The increase was primarily due to an increase related to our global leadership costs, higher compensation and benefit costs, and strategic planning activities that took place in the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase was partially offset by lower marketing event spending and a higher allocation of regional shared office costs in 2012.

Interest income and other

Interest income and other, which includes foreign currency transaction gains and losses, decreased by $0.6 million, or 10%, to $5.7 million for 2012 from $6.3 million for 2011. The decrease includes a write-off of certain liabilities related to unclaimed property which favorably impacted other income in 2011 and lower income from joint ventures in 2012, partially offset by a favorable movement in foreign currency transaction gains and losses in 2012 relative to 2011.

Interest expense

Interest expense decreased $1.9 million, or 3%, to $56.7 million for 2012 from $58.6 million for 2011. Interest expense in 2012 was favorably impacted by lower average borrowings in 2012 as compared to 2011, primarily due to the repayment, in full, of our outstanding 3³/₄% senior subordinated convertible notes (“Convertible Notes”) in July 2012, redemption of the aggregate principal amount of $215.0 million of our 2016 Notes, and a decrease in notes payable to former shareholders of acquired businesses. This was partially offset by lower interest rates in 2011 due to an interest rate swap agreement which was entered into in March 2011 and terminated in December 2011.

Income tax provision

Our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2012 was not meaningful due to the impact of the non-deductible goodwill impairment charge of $110.4 million. The effective tax rate for 2012 excluding goodwill impairment charges from pre-tax income was 35.3%. Our effective tax rate was 32.1% for the year ended December 31, 2011. The effective tax rate in the current year was unfavorably impacted by a higher effective U.S. state income tax rate due to the mix of earnings by jurisdiction in 2012 as compared to 2011, and an increase in non-deductible expenses. In addition, the effective tax rate in the prior year included a larger benefit related to income from changes in the fair value of acquisition-related contingent consideration, which was not taxable.

SEGMENT RESULTS

Total Adjusted Segment EBITDA

We evaluate the performance of our operating segments based on Adjusted Segment EBITDA which is a non-GAAP measure. The following table reconciles Net Income (Loss) to Total Adjusted Segment EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.


	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(in thousands)
Net income (loss)	$	(10,594	)	$	(36,986	)	$	103,903
Add back:
Income tax provision		42,405			40,100			49,224
Other income (expense), net		49,628			51,072			52,320
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		—			4,850			—
Unallocated corporate expense		97,989			76,079			73,848

Total segment operating income	$	179,428		$	135,115		$	279,295
Add back:
Segment depreciation expense		28,203			25,058			23,620
Amortization of other intangible assets		22,954			22,407			22,371
Segment special charges		12,478			28,425			12,372
Goodwill impairment charge		83,752			110,387			—

Total Adjusted Segment EBITDA	$	326,815		$	321,392		$	337,658

Other Segment Operating Data


	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Number of revenue-generating professionals: (at period end)
Corporate Finance/Restructuring		737			697			587
Forensic and Litigation Consulting		1,061			952			957
Economic Consulting		530			474			433
Technology		306			277			290
Strategic Communications		590			593			582

Total revenue-generating professionals		3,224			2,993			2,849

Utilization rates of billable professionals: ^{(1) (3)}
Corporate Finance/Restructuring		65	%		71	%		73	%
Forensic and Litigation Consulting		68	%		66	%		72	%
Economic Consulting		81	%		81	%		85	%
Average billable rate per hour: ⁽²⁾⁽³⁾
Corporate Finance/Restructuring	$	410		$	416		$	445
Forensic and Litigation Consulting		317			314			356
Economic Consulting		503			493			477

⁽¹⁾

We calculate the utilization rate for our billable professionals by dividing the number of hours that all of our billable professionals worked on client assignments during a period by the total available working hours for all of our billable professionals during the same period. Available hours are determined by the standard hours worked by each employee, adjusted for part-time hours, local country standard work weeks and local country holidays. Available working hours include vacation and professional training days, but exclude holidays. Utilization rates are presented for our segments that primarily bill clients on an hourly basis. We have not presented a utilization rate for our Technology and Strategic Communications segments as most of the revenues of these segments are not based on billable hours.

⁽²⁾

For engagements where revenues are based on number of hours worked by our billable professionals, average billable rate per hour is calculated by dividing revenues for a period by the number of hours worked on client assignments during the same period. We have not presented an average billable rate per hour for our Technology and Strategic Communications segments as most of the revenues of these segments are not based on billable hours.

⁽³⁾

2013, 2012 and 2011 utilization and average bill rate calculations for our Corporate Finance/Restructuring, Forensic and Litigation Consulting and Economic Consulting segments were updated to reflect the realignment of certain practices as well as information related to non-U.S. operations that was not previously available.

CORPORATE FINANCE/RESTRUCTURING


	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(dollars in thousands, except rate per hour)
Revenues	$	382,526		$	394,719		$	364,409

Operating expenses:
Direct cost of revenues		245,112			238,982			228,028
Selling, general and administrative expense		71,966			61,027			60,499
Special charges		10,274			11,332			9,440
Acquisition-related contingent consideration		(9,900	)		(3,361	)		(5,890	)
Amortization of other intangible assets		6,480			5,769			5,741

		323,932			313,749			297,818

Segment operating income		58,594			80,970			66,591
Add back:
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets		9,929			8,835			8,902
Special charges		10,274			11,332			9,440

Adjusted Segment EBITDA	$	78,797		$	101,137		$	84,933

Gross profit ⁽¹⁾	$	137,414		$	155,737		$	136,381
Gross profit margin ⁽²⁾		35.9	%		39.5	%		37.4	%
Adjusted Segment EBITDA as a percent of revenues		20.6	%		25.6	%		23.3	%
Number of revenue generating professionals (at period end)		737			697			587
Utilization rates of billable professionals ⁽³⁾		65	%		71	%		73	%
Average billable rate per hour ⁽³⁾	$	410		$	416		$	445

⁽¹⁾	Revenues less direct cost of revenues.

⁽²⁾	Gross profit as a percent of revenues.

⁽³⁾

Year ended December 31, 2013 compared to December 31, 2012

Revenues decreased $12.2 million, or 3.1%, to $382.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $394.7 million for the same prior year period. Acquisition-related revenues from KMQ, Taylor Woodings and Salter were $39.0 million, or 9.9% growth as compared to the same prior year period. Revenues decreased organically $51.2 million, or 13.0%, primarily due to lower demand in our North America bankruptcy and restructuring and Asia Pacific restructuring practices and lower success fees.

Gross profit decreased $18.3 million, or 11.8%, to $137.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $155.7 million for the same prior year period. Gross profit margin decreased 3.6 percentage points to 35.9% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 39.5% for the same prior year period. The decrease in gross profit margin was due to lower utilization in our North America region and Asia Pacific region restructuring practices, lower success fees, and an organic investment in EMEA, partially offset by favorable margins from our acquired practices.

SG&A expense increased $10.9 million, or 17.9%, to $72.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $61.0 million for the same prior year period. SG&A expense was 18.8% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to 15.5% for the same prior year period. The increase in SG&A expense was primarily due to the overhead costs related to the acquired practices as well as acquisition costs of $1.8 million.

Acquisition related contingent consideration income was $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to income of $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. It included accretion expense of $1.7 million in 2013 compared to $1.8 million in 2012. In 2013, management assessed the performance of its Australia and Hong Kong acquisitions during their earn-out periods and determined that future contingent payments would be less than originally recorded based on declines in the projected restructuring revenue streams. As a result a reduction in the fair value of the contingent consideration payments was recorded, which resulted in a gain of $11.6 million. Similarly, in 2012 a reduction in the expected payment for the Hong Kong acquisition was recorded which resulted in a gain of $5.2 million.

Amortization of other intangible assets was $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $5.8 million for the same prior year period.

Adjusted Segment EBITDA decreased $22.3 million, or 22.1%, to $78.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $101.1 million for the same prior year period. 2013 Adjusted Segment EBITDA included a gain of $11.6 million related to the reduction of the liability for estimated future contingent consideration payments associated with acquisitions in the Asia Pacific region.

Year ended December 31, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011

Revenues increased $30.3 million, or 8.3%, to $394.7 million in 2012 compared to $364.4 million in 2011. Acquisition-related revenue from KMQ and business acquired from LECG Corporation (“LECG”) was $6.9 million, or 1.9% growth from the prior year. Revenue increased organically $23.4 million, or 6.4%, primarily due to higher realization and demand in our bankruptcy and restructuring practice in North America, greater demand for our restructuring practice in the EMEA region, higher success fees, and higher average bill rates in our communications, media and entertainment practice.

Gross profit increased $19.3 million, or 14.2%, to $155.7 million in 2012 compared to $136.4 million for 2011. Gross profit margin increased 2.1 percentage points to 39.5% for 2012 compared to 37.4% for 2011 primarily due to higher revenue and lower average personnel costs.

SG&A expense increased $0.5 million, or 0.9%, to $61.0 million for 2012 compared to $60.5 million for 2011. SG&A expense was 15.5% of revenue for 2012, down from 16.6% for 2011. The increase in SG&A expense included a $2.4 million Australian valuation tax related to the transfer of assets associated with the KMQ acquisition.

Acquisition related contingent consideration income was $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $5.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. It included accretion expense of $1.8 million in 2012 compared to $3.1 million in 2011. As a result of management’s determination that future performance

during the earn-out period had declined from previous expectations, reductions in the contingent liability for a Hong Kong acquisition were recorded resulting in a gain of $5.2 million in 2012 and $9.0 million in 2011.

Amortization of other intangible assets increased to $5.8 million for 2012 compared to $5.7 million for 2011.

Adjusted Segment EBITDA increased $16.2 million, or 19.1%, to $101.1 million for 2012 compared to $84.9 million for 2011. 2011 Adjusted Segment EBITDA included a gain of $9.0 million related to the reduction of the liability for estimated future contingent consideration payments associated with acquisitions in the Asia Pacific region, compared to a similar gain of $5.2 million in 2012.

FORENSIC AND LITIGATION CONSULTING


	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(dollars in thousands, except rate per hour)
Revenues	$	433,632		$	407,586		$	428,730

Operating expenses:
Direct cost of revenues		278,174			269,948			272,417
Selling, general and administrative expense		84,616			80,842			78,745
Special charges		2,111			8,276			839
Acquisition-related contingent consideration		(1,622	)		297			(575	)
Amortization of other intangible assets		2,142			2,414			2,473

		365,421			361,777			353,899

Segment operating income		68,211			45,809			74,831
Add back:
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets		6,100			6,487			6,215
Special charges		2,111			8,276			839

Adjusted Segment EBITDA	$	76,422		$	60,572		$	81,885

Gross profit ⁽¹⁾	$	155,458		$	137,638		$	156,313
Gross profit margin ⁽²⁾		35.9	%		33.8	%		36.5	%
Adjusted Segment EBITDA as a percent of revenues		17.6	%		14.9	%		19.1	%
Number of revenue generating professionals (at period end)		1,061			952			957
Utilization rates of billable professionals ⁽³⁾		68	%		66	%		72	%
Average billable rate per hour ⁽³⁾	$	317		$	314		$	356

⁽¹⁾	Revenues less direct cost of revenues.

⁽²⁾	Gross profit as a percent of revenues.

⁽³⁾

Year Ended December 31, 2013 compared to December 31, 2012

Revenues increased $26.0 million, or 6.4%, to $433.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $407.6 million for the same prior year period. Revenues increased primarily due to higher demand and realized bill rates in our health solutions practice and higher success fees for the segment.

Gross profit increased $17.8 million, or 12.9%, to $155.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $137.6 million for the same prior year period. Gross profit margin increased 2.1 percentage points to 35.9% for the year ended December 31, 2013 from 33.8% for the same prior year period. The gross profit margin increase was primarily due to higher margin success fees and higher utilization in our health solutions, global financial and enterprise data analytics and North America investigations practice, partially offset by lower demand in our EMEA forensic accounting and advisory services practice.

SG&A expense increased $3.8 million, or 4.7%, to $84.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $80.8 million for the same prior year period. SG&A expense was 19.5% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013, down from 19.8% for the same prior year period. The increase in SG&A expense was primarily due to higher personnel and marketing expenses, partially offset by lower bad debt, business development and facilities expenses. Bad debt expense was 0.8% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013 down from 1.3% for the same prior year period.

Acquisition related contingent consideration income was $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $0.3 million expense for the same prior year period. It included accretion expense $0.3 million for the years ended December 2013 and 2012. In 2013, management assessed the performance of its Hong Kong acquisition during its earn-out period and determined that future contingent payments would be less than originally recorded based on declines in the projected revenue streams. As a result a reduction in the fair value of the contingent consideration payments was recorded, which resulted in a gain of $1.9 million.

Amortization of other intangible assets decreased by $0.3 million to $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $2.4 million for the same prior year period.

Adjusted Segment EBITDA increased by $15.9 million, or 26.2%, to $76.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $60.6 million for the same prior year period. 2013 Adjusted Segment EBITDA includes a gain of $1.9 million related to the reduction of the liability for estimated future contingent consideration payments associated with acquisitions in the Asia Pacific region.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011

Revenues decreased $21.1 million, or 4.9%, to $407.6 million for 2012 from $428.7 million for 2011. Acquisition-related revenue from the disputes and forensic accounting and environmental solutions practices in North America acquired from LECG late in the first quarter of 2011 and ThinkFirst was $7.7 million, or 1.8% of the segment revenue change from the prior year period. Revenue declined organically $28.8 million, or 6.7%, primarily due to weak demand in our North America and data analytics practices, partially offset by growth in our health solutions practice and our global risk and investigations practice in the Latin America region. The revenue decline is also largely impacted by the decline of certain large event-driven investigative matters.

Gross profit decreased $18.7 million, or 11.9%, to $137.6 million for 2012 from $156.3 million for 2011. Gross profit margin decreased 2.7 percentage points to 33.8% for 2012 from 36.5% for 2011. The decrease in gross profit margin was due to lower utilization, partially offset by lower personnel costs in our North America practice as a result of headcount reductions taken in the second quarter of 2012.

SG&A expense increased $2.1 million to $80.8 million from $78.7 million for 2011. SG&A expense was 19.8% of revenue for 2012, compared to 18.4% for 2011. The increase in bad debt, business development and marketing expense was partially offset by lower personnel costs. Bad debt expense was 1.3% of revenues for 2012 up from 0.9% for 2011.

Acquisition related contingent consideration was $0.3 million expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to income of $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. It included accretion expense of

$0.3 million in 2012 compared to $0.4 million in 2011. In 2011, management assessed the performance of its Hong Kong acquisition during its earn-out period and determined that future contingent payments would be less than originally recorded based on declines in the projected revenue streams. As a result a reduction in the fair value of the contingent consideration payments was recorded, which resulted in a gain of $1.0 million.

Amortization of other intangible assets decreased to $2.4 million for 2012, compared to $2.5 million for 2011.

Adjusted Segment EBITDA decreased $21.3 million, or 26.0%, to $60.6 million for 2012, compared to $81.9 million for 2011.

ECONOMIC CONSULTING


	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(dollars in thousands, except rate per hour)
Revenues	$	447,366		$	391,622		$	353,981

Operating expenses:
Direct cost of revenues		300,293			265,112			242,703
Selling, general and administrative expense		58,282			51,912			46,802
Special charges		11			991			2,093
Acquisition-related contingent consideration		258			—			—
Amortization of other intangible assets		1,808			1,615			1,493

		360,652			319,630			293,091

Segment operating income		86,714			71,992			60,890
Add back:
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets		5,479			4,478			4,045
Special charges		11			991			2,093

Adjusted Segment EBITDA	$	92,204		$	77,461		$	67,028

Gross profit ⁽¹⁾	$	147,073		$	126,510		$	111,278
Gross profit margin ⁽²⁾		32.9	%		32.3	%		31.4	%
Adjusted Segment EBITDA as a percent of revenues		20.6	%		19.8	%		18.9	%
Number of revenue generating professionals (at period end)		530			474			433
Utilization rates of billable professionals ⁽³⁾		81	%		81	%		85	%
Average billable rate per hour ⁽³⁾	$	503		$	493		$	477

⁽¹⁾	Revenues less direct cost of revenues.

⁽²⁾	Gross profit as a percent of revenues.

⁽³⁾

Year ended December 31, 2013 compared to December 31, 2012

Revenues increased $55.8 million, or 14.2%, to $447.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $391.6 million for the same prior year period. Revenues grew primarily due to increased demand and a higher realized bill rate in our antitrust litigation and financial economics practices in the North America region due to pre-M&A activity as well as increased demand in our international arbitration, regulatory and valuation practices in the EMEA region.

Gross profit increased $20.6 million, or 16.3%, to $147.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $126.5 million for the same prior year period. Gross profit margin increased 0.6 percentage points to 32.9% for the year ended December 31, 2013 from 32.3% for the same prior year period. The increase in gross profit margin was due to higher realized bill rates and utilization in our antitrust litigation and financial economics practices in the North America region, partially offset by higher performance-based compensation expense.

SG&A expense increased $6.4 million, or 12.3%, to $58.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $51.9 million for the same prior year period. SG&A expense was 13.0% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 13.3% for the same prior year period. The increase in SG&A expense was due to higher facilities costs, personnel expenses with increased headcount, depreciation and computer hardware/software expenses.

Acquisition related contingent consideration for the year ended December 31, 2013 included accretion expense of $0.3 million related to a business combination completed in 2013.

Amortization of other intangible assets was $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $1.6 million for the same prior year period.

Adjusted Segment EBITDA increased $14.7 million, or 19.0%, to $92.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $77.5 million for the same prior year period.

Year ended December 31, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011

Revenues increased $37.6 million, or 10.6%, to $391.6 million for 2012 compared to $354.0 million for 2011. Acquisition-related revenue from the competition policy, financial advisory, international arbitration and electric power and airline competition practices acquired from LECG late in the first quarter of 2011 was $17.6 million, or 5.0%, of segment revenue growth from the prior year period. Revenue grew organically $20.0 million, or 5.6%, primarily due to increased demand in our antitrust litigation & financial economics practices in North America, coupled with higher average bill rates in our antitrust and litigation practice in North America.

Gross profit increased $15.2 million, or 13.7%, to $126.5 million for 2012 compared to $111.3 million for 2011. Gross profit margin increased 0.9 percentage points to 32.3% for 2012 from 31.4% for 2011. The increase in gross margin was impacted by lower variable compensation expense.

SG&A expense increased $5.1 million, or 10.9%, to $51.9 million for 2012 compared to $46.8 million for 2011. SG&A was 13.3% of revenue for 2012 and compared to 13.2% for 2011. The increase in SG&A expense was due to higher corporate allocations in support of growing operations, facilities costs and bad debt expense partially offset by lower legal expense. Bad debt expense was 1.7% of revenue for 2012 compared to 1.5% for 2011.

Amortization of other intangible assets was $1.6 million for 2012, compared to $1.5 million for 2011.

Adjusted Segment EBITDA increased $10.4 million, or 15.6%, to $77.5 million for 2012, compared to $67.0 million for 2011.

TECHNOLOGY


	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(dollars in thousands)
Revenues	$	202,663		$	195,194		$	218,738

Operating expenses:
Direct cost of revenues		96,779			88,056			87,573
Selling, general and administrative expense		59,890			62,436			65,322
Special charges		16			3,114			—
Amortization of other intangible assets		7,940			7,946			7,926

		164,625			161,552			160,821

Segment operating income		38,038			33,642			57,917
Add back:
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets		22,601			20,447			19,094
Special charges		16			3,114			—

Adjusted Segment EBITDA	$	60,655		$	57,203		$	77,011

Gross profit ⁽¹⁾	$	105,884		$	107,138		$	131,165
Gross profit margin ⁽²⁾		52.2	%		54.9	%		60.0	%
Adjusted Segment EBITDA as a percent of revenues		29.9	%		29.3	%		35.2	%
Number of revenue generating professionals (at period end) ⁽³⁾		306			277			290

⁽¹⁾	Revenues less direct cost of revenues.

⁽²⁾	Gross profit as a percent of revenues.

⁽³⁾	Includes personnel involved in direct client assistance and revenue generating consultants.

Year Ended December 31, 2013 compared to December 31, 2012

Revenues increased by $7.5 million, or 3.8%, to $202.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $195.2 million for the same prior year period. Revenues increased primarily due to higher demand for services primarily in FCPA driven matters and complex regulatory investigations and litigation in the financial services industry, partially offset by reduced pricing for certain services and the decline of a large litigation-related matter.

Gross profit decreased by $1.2 million, or 1.2%, to $105.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $107.1 million for the same prior year period. Gross profit margin decreased 2.7 percentage points to 52.2% for the year ended December 31, 2013 from 54.9% for the same prior year period due to an increased proportion of revenue related to certain lower margin services as well as higher variable compensation expense, amortization of capitalized software, infrastructure costs and the reclassification of certain costs from SG&A.

SG&A expense decreased by $2.5 million, or 4.1%, to $59.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $62.4 million for the same prior year period. SG&A expense was 29.6% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013, down from 32.0% for the same prior year period. The decrease in SG&A expense was primarily due to lower personnel expense, the reclassification of certain costs to direct costs, outside services, and facilities expenses, partially offset by higher bad debt expense. Bad debt expense was $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to bad debt recoveries of $0.2 million for the same prior year period. Research and development expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $15.8 million, compared to $20.2 million for the same prior year period.

Amortization of other intangible assets remained flat at $7.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the same prior year period.

Adjusted Segment EBITDA increased $3.5 million, or 6.0%, to $60.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $57.2 million for the same prior year period.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011

Revenues decreased $23.5 million, or 10.8%, to $195.2 million in 2012 from $218.7 million in 2011. Revenue declined due to lower pricing for hosting and processing, lower volume for consulting, and lower licensing revenues related to several settlements received in the prior year. The revenue decline is also largely impacted by the decline of certain large matters.

Gross profit decreased by $24.0 million, or 18.3%, to $107.1 million in 2012 from $131.1 million in 2011. Gross profit margin decreased 5.1 percentage points to 54.9% for 2012 from 60.0% for 2011 due to the related revenue declines in our higher margin services.

SG&A expense decreased by $2.9 million, or 4.4%, to $62.4 million in 2012 from $65.3 million in 2011. SG&A expense was 32.0% of revenue in 2012, up from 29.9% in 2011. The decrease in SG&A expense was primarily due to lower personnel costs for fewer headcount and lower variable compensation, bad debt expense, and legal costs, partially offset by higher facilities expense. Bad debt recoveries were $0.2 million in 2012 compared to bad debt expense of $0.7 million in 2011. Research and development expense was $20.2 million in 2012, compared to $23.7 million in 2011.

Amortization of other intangible assets of $7.9 million was unchanged for 2012 compared to 2011.

Adjusted Segment EBITDA decreased $19.8 million, or 25.7%, to $57.2 million in 2012 from $77.0 million in 2011.

STRATEGIC COMMUNICATIONS


	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(dollars in thousands)
Revenues	$	186,245		$	187,750		$	200,910

Operating expenses:
Direct cost of revenues		121,703			118,434			126,187
Selling, general and administrative expense		47,874			46,852			50,919
Special charges		66			4,712			—
Acquisition-related contingent consideration		395			—			—
Amortization of other intangible assets		4,584			4,663			4,738
Goodwill impairment charge		83,752			110,387			—

		258,374			285,048			181,844

Segment operating income (loss)		(72,129	)		(97,298	)		19,066
Add back:
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets		7,048			7,218			7,735
Special charges		66			4,712			—
Goodwill impairment charge		83,752			110,387			—

Adjusted Segment EBITDA	$	18,737		$	25,019		$	26,801

Gross profit ⁽¹⁾	$	64,542		$	69,316		$	74,723
Gross profit margin ⁽²⁾		34.7	%		36.9	%		37.2	%
Adjusted Segment EBITDA as a percent of revenues		10.1	%		13.3	%		13.3	%
Number of revenue generating professionals (at period end)		590			593			582

⁽¹⁾	Revenues less direct cost of revenues.

⁽²⁾	Gross profit as a percent of revenues.

Year Ended December 31, 2013 compared to December 31, 2012

Revenues decreased $1.6 million, or 0.8%, to $186.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $187.8 million for the same prior year period. Acquisition-related revenues from C2 were $4.8 million, or 2.6% growth as compared to the same prior year period. Revenues decreased organically by $6.3 million due to reduced capital markets activity in the Asia Pacific region, lower pass-through revenue in the EMEA region, and lower revenue from a large client in North America, partially offset by higher pass-through and project revenue in North America.

Gross profit decreased $4.8 million, or 6.9%, to $64.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $69.3 million for the same prior year period. Gross profit margin decreased 2.2 percentage points to 34.7% for the year ended December 31, 2013 from 36.9% for the same prior year period. The decline in gross profit margin was primarily due to a lower high-margin capital markets activity in the Asia Pacific region and mix of project work in North America, partially offset by the impact of acquisitions.

SG&A expense increased $1.0 million, or 2.2%, to $47.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $46.9 million for the same prior year period. SG&A expense was 25.7% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013, up from 25.0% of revenues for the same prior year period. The increase in SG&A expense was primarily due to higher facilities and overhead costs related to an acquired practice, partially offset by lower personnel costs due to lower headcount.

Acquisition related contingent consideration for the year ended December 31, 2013 included accretion expense of $0.4 million related to a business combination completed in 2013.

Amortization of other intangible assets of $4.6 million decreased $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $4.7 million for the same prior year period.

Adjusted Segment EBITDA, which excludes the impact of the goodwill impairment charge, decreased $6.3 million, or 25.1%, to $18.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $25.0 million for the same prior year period.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011

Revenues decreased $13.1 million, or 6.6%, to $187.8 million for 2012 from $200.9 million for 2011 with 1.4% decline from the estimated negative impact of foreign currency translation, which was primarily due to the weakening of the Euro and British pound relative to the U.S. dollar. Excluding the impact of foreign currency translation, revenue declined $10.3 million, or 5.2%, due to fewer M&A-related projects in the Asia Pacific region, lower project income in North America and pricing pressures on retainer fees in the North America and EMEA regions, offset by higher project income in EMEA and higher retainer income in Latin America.

Gross profit decreased $5.4 million, or 7.2%, to $69.3 million for 2012 from $74.7 million for 2011. Gross profit margin decreased 0.3 percentage points to 36.9% for 2012 from 37.2% for 2011. The decline in gross

profit margin was primarily due to fewer high-margin project engagements partially offset by lower variable compensation expenses compared to prior year.

SG&A expense decreased $4.0 million, or 8.0%, to $46.9 million for 2012 from $50.9 million for 2011. SG&A expense was 25.0% of revenue for 2012, down from 25.3% of revenue for 2011. The decrease in SG&A expense was primarily related to lower personnel costs from reduced headcount.

Amortization of other intangible assets of $4.7 million was unchanged for 2012 compared to 2011.

Adjusted segment EBITDA, which excludes the impact of the goodwill impairment charge, decreased $1.8 million, or 6.6%, to $25.0 million for 2012 from $26.8 million for 2011.

During the fourth quarter of 2012, we conducted our annual impairment analysis with respect to the carrying value of our goodwill. Our analysis indicated that the estimated fair value of our Strategic Communications reporting unit was less than its carrying value. The Strategic Communications reporting unit’s fair value was unfavorably impacted by a combination of lower current and projected cash flows. Because our Strategic Communications reporting unit’s fair value estimate was lower than its carrying value, we applied the second step of the goodwill impairment test. As a result, we recorded a $110.4 million non-deductible charge related to the Strategic Communications segment. The Strategic Communications reporting unit fair value was unfavorably impacted by a combination of lower current and projected cash flows.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash Flows


	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(dollars in thousands, except for DSO)
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	193,271		$	120,188		$	173,828
Net cash used in investing activities		(103,091	)		(90,406	)		(93,648	)
Net cash used in financing activities		(43,129	)		(138,246	)		(198,729	)
DSO		97			90			91

We have generally financed our day-to-day operations, capital expenditures and acquisitions through cash flows from operations. During the first quarter of our fiscal year, our cash needs generally exceed our cash flows from operations due to the payment of annual incentive compensation and acquisition-related contingent payments. Our operating cash flows generally exceed our cash needs subsequent to the first quarter of each year.

Our operating assets and liabilities consist primarily of billed and unbilled accounts receivable, notes receivable from employees, accounts payable, accrued expenses and accrued compensation expense. The timing of billings and collections of receivables as well as compensation and vendor payments affect the changes in these balances.

DSO is a performance measure used to assess how quickly revenues are collected by the Company. We calculate DSO at the end of each reporting period by dividing net accounts receivable reduced by billings in excess of services provided, by revenue for the quarter, adjusted for changes in foreign exchange rates. We multiply the result by the number of days in the quarter.

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012

Net cash flow provided by operating activities increased $73.1 million to $193.3 million as compared to $120.2 million for the same prior year period primarily as a result of lower employee bonus payments and income tax payments. Cash collections were also slightly higher compared to the prior year as a result of increased revenues in the quarter ended December 31, 2013 compared to the same prior year period, offset by the

impact of a slower collection cycle as indicated by an increase in DSO. DSO was 97 days at December 31, 2013 compared to 90 days at December 31, 2012. The 7 day increase in DSO was largely driven by a shift in both service and geographic mix. Our receivables grew in our Corporate Finance/Restructuring business in the Asia Pacific region, relative to growth in our other segments and regions. This growth was primarily a result of the acquisition of the corporate finance advisory and restructuring businesses in Australia, where billing and collections are subject to lengthy regulatory procedures.

Net cash used in investing activities for 2013 was $103.1 million as compared to $90.4 million for 2012. Payments for acquisitions of businesses were $55.5 million in the current year as compared to $62.9 million for 2012. Payments for acquisitions completed in 2013 were $45.1 million, net of cash received, related to the acquisitions by our Corporate Finance/Restructuring, Economic Consulting, Forensic and Litigation Consulting, and Strategic Communications segments. Payments for acquisitions completed in 2012 included $30.0 million, net of cash received, related to the acquisition of practices by our Corporate Finance/Restructuring segment. Payments of acquisition-related contingent consideration and stock floors were $6.2 million and $4.1 million, respectively for 2013 as compared to $28.8 million and $4.1 million, respectively for 2012. Capital expenditures were $42.5 million for 2013 as compared to $27.8 million for 2012.

Net cash used in financing activities for 2013 was $43.1 million as compared to $138.2 million for 2012. Our financing activities for 2013 included cash outflows of $6.0 million for the repayment of long-term debt, $66.7 million in cash used to purchase and retire 1,956,900 shares of the Company’s common stock pursuant to the 2012 Repurchase Program, partially offset by the $29.4 million received from the issuance of common stock under equity compensation plans. Our financing activities for 2012 include cash outflows of $377.9 million for the repayment of long-term debt and capital lease obligations and $50.0 million in cash used to purchase and retire 1,681,029 shares of the Company’s common stock pursuant to the 2012 Repurchase Program, partially offset by proceeds of $292.6 million from the issuance of the 6.0% senior notes due in 2022.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011

Net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $53.6 million to $120.2 million in 2012 from $173.8 million in 2011. Increased cash collections versus the prior year were offset by higher variable compensation and employee forgivable loan payments as well as the timing of accounts payable disbursements. DSO was 90 days at December 31, 2012 compared to 91 days at December 31, 2011.

Net cash used in investing activities for 2012 was $90.4 million as compared to $93.6 million for 2011. Payments for acquisitions of businesses were $62.9 million in the current year as compared to $62.3 million for 2011. Payments for acquisitions for 2012 included $30.0 million of payments, net of cash received, related to the acquisitions of businesses by our Corporate Finance/Restructuring segment. Payments for acquisitions for 2011 included $25.7 million of payments, net of cash received, related to the acquisition of practices from LECG in the first quarter of 2011 and $3.8 million of purchase price adjustments related to prior year acquisitions. Payments of acquisition-related contingent consideration and stock floors were $28.8 million and $4.1 million, respectively, for 2012 as compared to $26.5 million and $6.3 million, respectively, for 2011. Capital expenditures were $27.8 million for 2012 as compared to $31.1 million for 2011.

Net cash used in financing activities for 2012 was $138.2 million as compared to $198.7 million for 2011. Our financing activities for 2012 included cash outflows of $377.9 million for the repayment of long-term debt, including repayment of our 2016 Notes and our Convertible Notes and $50.0 million in cash used to purchase and retire 1,681,029 shares of the Company’s common stock pursuant to the Repurchase Program, partially offset by proceeds of $292.6 million from the issuance of the 6.0% senior notes due in 2022. Our financing activities for 2011 included $209.4 million in cash used to repurchase and retire 5,733,205 million shares of the Company’s common stock pursuant to the 2011 ASB.

Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2013, our capital resources included $205.8 million of cash and cash equivalents and available borrowing capacity of $348.6 million under a $350 million revolving line of credit under our Senior

Bank Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2013, we had no outstanding borrowings under our Senior Bank Credit Facility; however, $1.4 million of outstanding letters of credit reduced the availability of borrowings under the Senior Bank Credit Facility by such amount. We use letters of credit primarily in lieu of security deposits for our leased office facilities. The $350 million revolving line of credit under the Senior Bank Credit Facility includes a $75 million sublimit for borrowings in currencies other than U.S. dollars, including Euro, Sterling, Australian dollars and Canadian dollars.

The availability of borrowings, as well as issuances and extensions of letters of credit, under our Senior Bank Credit Facility are subject to specified conditions. We may choose to repay outstanding borrowings under the Senior Bank Credit Facility at any time before maturity without premium or penalty. Borrowings under the Senior Bank Credit Facility in U.S. dollars, Euros, Sterling and Australian dollars, bear interest at an annual rate equal to the LIBOR plus an applicable margin or an alternative base rate plus an applicable margin. The alternative base rate means a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (1) the rate of interest in effect for such day as the prime rate announced by Bank of America, (2) the federal funds rate plus the sum of 50 basis points and (3) the one-month LIBOR plus 100 basis points. Borrowings under the Senior Bank Credit Facility in Canadian dollars bear interest at an annual rate equal to the Canadian bankers’ acceptance rate plus an applicable margin or the Canadian prime rate plus an applicable margin. The Canadian prime rate means a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (1) the rate of interest in effect for such day as the prime rate for loans in Canadian dollars announced by Bank of America and (2) the Canadian bankers’ acceptance rate plus 100 basis points. Under the Senior Bank Credit Facility, the lenders have a security interest in substantially all of the assets of FTI Consulting, Inc. and substantially all of our domestic subsidiaries. Subject to certain conditions, at any time prior to maturity, we will be able to invite existing and new lenders to increase the size of the facility up to a maximum of $425.0 million.

Our Senior Bank Credit Facility and the indentures governing our Notes contain covenants that, among other things, may limit our ability to: incur additional indebtedness; create liens; pay dividends on our capital stock, make distributions or repurchases of our capital stock or make specified other restricted payments; consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets; guarantee obligations of other entities or our foreign subsidiaries; enter into hedging agreements; enter into transactions with affiliates or related persons; or engage in any business other than consulting-related businesses. In addition, the Senior Bank Credit Facility includes financial covenants that require us to (i) not exceed a maximum leverage ratio, (ii) not exceed a maximum senior secured leverage ratio and (iii) maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. At December 31, 2013, we were in compliance with all covenants as stipulated in the Senior Bank Credit Facility and the indentures governing our Notes.

Future Capital Needs

We anticipate that our future capital needs will principally consist of funds required for:

•

operating and general corporate expenses relating to the operation of our businesses;

•

capital expenditures, primarily for information technology equipment, office furniture and leasehold improvements;

•

debt service requirements, including interest payments on our long-term debt;

•

compensating designated executive management and senior managing directors under our various long-term incentive compensation programs;

•

discretionary funding of our 2012 Repurchase Program;

•

contingent obligations related to our acquisitions;

•

potential acquisitions of businesses that would allow us to diversify or expand our service offerings; and

•

other known future contractual obligations.

We currently anticipate capital expenditures of $40 million to $45 million to support our organization during 2014, including direct support for specific client engagements. Our estimate takes into consideration the needs of our existing businesses but does not include the impact of any purchases that we may be required to make as a result of future acquisitions or specific client engagements that are not currently contemplated. Our capital expenditure requirements may change if our staffing levels or technology needs change significantly from what we currently anticipate, if we are required to purchase additional equipment specifically to support a client engagement or if we pursue and complete additional acquisitions.

In certain business combinations consummated prior to January 1, 2009, a portion of our purchase price was in the form of contingent consideration, often referred to as earn-outs. The use of contingent consideration allows us to shift some of the valuation risk, inherent at the time of acquisition, to the sellers based upon the outcome of future financial targets that the sellers contemplate in the valuations of the companies, assets or businesses they sell. Contingent consideration is payable annually as agreed upon performance targets are met and is generally subject to a maximum amount within a specified time period. Our obligations change from period-to-period primarily as a result of payments made during the current period, changes in the acquired entities’ performance and changes in foreign currency exchange rates. In addition, certain acquisition related restricted stock agreements contain stock price guarantees that may result in cash payments in the future if our share price falls below a specified per share market value on the date the stock restrictions lapse. As of December 31, 2013, the Company accrued $14.6 million in contingent consideration payments which represents our estimate of the payments which will be made in the first half of 2014. The Company had no remaining stock agreements with common stock price guarantees.

For business combinations consummated on or after January 1, 2009, contingent consideration obligations are recorded as liabilities on our condensed consolidated balance sheet and are re-measured to fair value at each subsequent reporting date with an offset to current period earnings. The fair value of future expected contingent purchase price obligations for these business obligations are $13.3 million at December 31, 2013, with payment dates through 2018. We expect to pay $6.4 million in 2014.

For the last several years, our cash flows from operations have exceeded our cash needs for capital expenditures and debt service requirements. We believe that our cash flows from operations, supplemented by short-term borrowings under our Senior Bank Credit Facility, as necessary, will provide adequate cash to fund our long-term cash needs from normal operations.

Our conclusion that we will be able to fund our cash requirements by using existing capital resources and cash generated from operations does not take into account the impact of any future acquisitions or any unexpected significant changes in numbers of employees. The anticipated cash needs of our business could change significantly if we pursue and complete additional business acquisitions, if our business plans change, if economic conditions change from those currently prevailing or from those now anticipated, or if other unexpected circumstances arise that may have a material effect on the cash flow or profitability of our business. Any of these events or circumstances, including any new business opportunities, could involve significant additional funding needs in excess of the identified currently available sources and could require us to raise additional debt or equity funding to meet those needs. Our ability to raise additional capital, if necessary, is subject to a variety of factors that we cannot predict with certainty, including:

•

our future profitability;

•

the quality of our accounts receivable;

•

our relative levels of debt and equity;

•

the volatility and overall condition of the capital markets; and

•

the market prices of our securities.

Any new debt funding, if available, may be on terms less favorable to us than our Senior Bank Credit Facility or the indentures that govern our senior notes.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements other than operating leases and we have not entered into any transactions involving unconsolidated subsidiaries or special purpose entities.

Future Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth our estimates as to the amounts and timing of contractual payments for our most significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013. The information in the table reflects future unconditional payments and is based on the terms of the relevant agreements, appropriate classification of items under GAAP currently in effect and certain assumptions such as interest rates. Future events could cause actual payments to differ from these amounts.

Future contractual obligations related to our long-term debt assume that payments will be made based on the current payment schedule and exclude any additional revolving line of credit borrowings or repayments subsequent to December 31, 2013 and prior to the November 2017 maturity date of our Senior Bank Credit Facility.

The interest obligation on our long-term debt assumes that our Notes will bear interest at their stated rates.


Contractual Obligations	Total		2014		2015		2016		2017		2018		Thereafter
	(in thousands)
Long-term debt	$	717,014	$	6,014	$	11,000	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	700,000
Interest on long-term debt		343,743		46,185		45,558		45,000		45,000		45,000		117,000
Operating leases		334,857		44,987		37,726		36,879		39,719		32,389		143,157

Total obligations	$	1,395,614	$	97,186	$	94,284	$	81,879	$	84,719	$	77,389	$	960,157

Effect of Inflation. Inflation is not generally a material factor affecting our business. General operating expenses such as salaries, employee benefits and lease costs are, however, subject to normal inflationary pressures.

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates, changes in the price of our common stock and changes in foreign exchange rates.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to interest rate risk related to debt obligations outstanding. Interest rate changes expose our fixed rate long-term borrowings to changes in fair value and expose our variable rate borrowings to changes in our interest expense. From time to time, we use derivative instruments, primarily consisting of interest rate swap agreements, to manage our interest rate exposure by achieving a desired proportion of fixed rate versus variable rate borrowings. All of our derivative transactions are entered into for non-trading purposes.

The following table presents principal cash flows and related interest rates by year of maturity for our fixed rate Notes and a comparison of the fair value of the debt at December 31, 2013 and 2012. The fair values have been determined based on quoted market prices for our Notes (in thousands).


																December 31, 2013					December 31, 2012
	2014			2015			2016		2017		2018		Thereafter			Total			Fair Value		Total			Fair Value
*Long-term debt*
Fixed rate	$	6,000		$	11,000		$	—	$	—	$	—	$	700,000		$	717,000		$	752,750	$	723,000		$	762,000
Average interest rate		8.0	%		8.0	%		—		—		—		6.4	%		6.5	%		—		6.5	%		—
Variable rate	$	—		$	—		$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	—	$	—		$	—
Average interest rate		—			—			—		—		—		—			—			—		—			—

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

Exchange Rate Risk

Our foreign currency exposure primarily relates to intercompany receivables and payables and third party receivables and payables that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of our legal entities. Our largest foreign currency exposure is unsettled intercompany payables and receivables which are reviewed on a regular basis. In cases where settlement of intercompany balances is not practical we may use natural hedges to reduce exposure. Gains and losses from foreign currency transactions are included in interest income and other on our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) and to date have not had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. See Note 5—“Interest Income and Other” to our consolidated financial statements for information.

Translation of Financial Results

Most of our foreign subsidiaries operate in a currency other than the United States dollar (USD); therefore, increases or decreases in the value of the U.S. dollar against other major currencies will affect our operating results and the value of our balance sheet items denominated in foreign currencies. Our most significant exposures to translation risk relate to functional currency assets and liabilities that are denominated in the British pound, Australian dollar, Euro and Canadian dollar. The following table details the changes in the net investments of foreign subsidiaries whose currencies are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. These translation adjustments are reflected in “Other comprehensive income (loss)” on our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).


	Years ended December 31,
	2013			2012		2011
	(dollars in thousands)
British pound	$	4,528		$	11,353	$	(1,950	)
Australian dollar		(12,544	)		1,269		(182	)
Euro		1,467			500		(1,272	)
Canadian dollar		(629	)		405		(181	)
All other		(2,542	)		1,496		683

	$	(9,720	)	$	15,023	$	(2,902	)

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

FTI Consulting, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Financial Statements

INDEX


	Page
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting		80
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Internal Control over Financial Reporting		81
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Consolidated Financial Statements		82
Consolidated Balance Sheets — December 31, 2013 and 2012		83
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) — Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011		84
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity — Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011		85
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011		86
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		87

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting and for performing an assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Our system of internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets, (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with the authorization of our management and directors, and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 based on the framework in the 1992 Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on that evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2013.

KPMG LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited our financial statements, has issued an audit report on their assessment of internal control over financial reporting, which is included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Date: February 21, 2014

/s/ STEVEN H. GUNBY

Steven H. Gunby

President and Chief Executive Officer

(principal executive officer)

/s/ ROGER D. CARLILE

Roger D. Carlile

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial officer)

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

FTI Consulting, Inc.:

We have audited FTI Consulting, Inc.’s (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in the Internal Control — Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, and our report dated February 21, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Baltimore, Maryland

February 21, 2014

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Consolidated Financial Statements

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

FTI Consulting, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of FTI Consulting, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013. In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited financial statement Schedule II, Valuation and Qualifying Accounts. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of FTI Consulting, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), FTI Consulting Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 21, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of FTI Consulting Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Baltimore, Maryland

February 21, 2014

FTI Consulting, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except per share data)


	December 31,
	2013			2012
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	205,833		$	156,785
Accounts receivable:
Billed receivables		352,411			314,491
Unbilled receivables		233,307			208,797
Allowance for doubtful accounts and unbilled services		(109,273	)		(94,048	)

Accounts receivable, net		476,445			429,240
Current portion of notes receivable		33,093			33,194
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		61,800			51,541
Current portion of deferred tax assets		26,690			3,615

Total current assets		803,861			674,375
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation		79,007			68,192
Goodwill		1,218,733			1,260,035
Other intangible assets, net of amortization		97,148			104,181
Notes receivable, net of current portion		108,298			101,623
Other assets		57,900			67,046

Total assets	$	2,364,947		$	2,275,452

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Current liabilities
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other	$	126,886		$	98,109
Accrued compensation		222,738			168,392
Current portion of long-term debt		6,014			6,021
Billings in excess of services provided		28,692			31,675

Total current liabilities		384,330			304,197
Long-term debt, net of current portion		711,000			717,024
Deferred income taxes		137,697			105,751
Other liabilities		89,661			80,248

Total liabilities		1,322,688			1,207,220

Commitments and contingent liabilities (notes 8, 14 and 15)
Stockholders’ equity
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; shares authorized — 5,000; none outstanding		—			—
Common stock, $0.01 par value; shares authorized — 75,000; shares issued and outstanding — 40,526 (2013) and 40,755 (2012)		405			408
Additional paid-in capital		362,322			367,978
Retained earnings		730,621			741,215
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(51,089	)		(41,369	)

Total stockholders’ equity		1,042,259			1,068,232

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	2,364,947		$	2,275,452

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

FTI Consulting, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(in thousands, except per share data)


	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Revenues	$	1,652,432		$	1,576,871		$	1,566,768

Operating expenses
Direct cost of revenues		1,042,061			980,532			956,908
Selling, general and administrative expense		394,681			378,016			373,295
Special charges		38,414			29,557			15,212
Acquisition-related contingent consideration		(10,869	)		(3,064	)		(6,465	)
Amortization of other intangible assets		22,954			22,407			22,371
Goodwill impairment charge		83,752			110,387			—

		1,570,993			1,517,835			1,361,321

Operating income		81,439			59,036			205,447

Other income (expense)
Interest income and other		1,748			5,659			6,304
Interest expense		(51,376	)		(56,731	)		(58,624	)
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		—			(4,850	)		—

		(49,628	)		(55,922	)		(52,320	)

Income before income tax provision		31,811			3,114			153,127
Income tax provision		42,405			40,100			49,224

Net income (loss)	$	(10,594	)	$	(36,986	)	$	103,903

Earnings (loss) per common share — basic	$	(0.27	)	$	(0.92	)	$	2.53

Earnings (loss) per common share — diluted	$	(0.27	)	$	(0.92	)	$	2.39

Other comprehensive income (loss) net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax expense (benefit) of $0, $654 and ($1,568) for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively		(9,720	)		15,023			(2,902	)

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax		(9,720	)		15,023			(2,902	)

Comprehensive income (loss)	$	(20,314	)	$	(21,963	)	$	101,001

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

FTI Consulting, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(in thousands)


	Common Stock						Additional Paid-in Capital			Retained Earnings			Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss)			Total
	Shares			Amount			Additional Paid-in Capital			Retained Earnings			Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss)			Total
Balance December 31, 2010		46,144		$	461		$	546,337		$	674,298		$	(53,490	)	$	1,167,606

Net income		—			—			—			103,903			—			103,903
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Cumulative translation adjustment		—			—			—			—			(2,902	)		(2,902	)
Issuance of common stock in connection with:
Exercise of options, net of income tax expense from share-based awards of $846		637			7			16,416			—			—			16,423
Restricted share grants, less net settled shares of 119		436			4			(4,470	)		—			—			(4,466	)
Stock units issued under incentive compensation plan		—			—			4,241			—			—			4,241
Business combinations		—			—			(5,455	)		—			—			(5,455	)
Purchase and retirement of common stock		(5,733	)		(57	)		(209,343	)		—			—			(209,400	)
Share-based compensation		—			—			36,252			—			—			36,252

Balance December 31, 2011		41,484		$	415		$	383,978		$	778,201		$	(56,392	)	$	1,106,202

Net income (loss)		—			—			—			(36,986	)		—			(36,986	)
Other comprehensive income:
Cumulative translation adjustment		—			—			—			—			15,023			15,023
Issuance of common stock in connection with:
Exercise of options, net of income tax expense from share-based awards of $994		328			4			7,039			—			—			7,043
Restricted share grants, less net settled shares of 178		443			4			(6,389	)		—			—			(6,385	)
Stock units issued under incentive compensation plan		—			—			3,079			—			—			3,079
Business combinations		181			2			1,033			—			—			1,035
Reacquisition of equity component of convertible debt		—			—			(108	)		—			—			(108	)
Purchase and retirement of common stock		(1,681	)		(17	)		(50,015	)		—			—			(50,032	)
Share-based compensation		—			—			29,361			—			—			29,361

Balance December 31, 2012		40,755		$	408		$	367,978		$	741,215		$	(41,369	)	$	1,068,232

Net income (loss)		—			—			—			(10,594	)		—			(10,594	)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Cumulative translation adjustment		—			—			—			—			(9,720	)		(9,720	)
Issuance of common stock in connection with:
Exercise of options, net of income tax expense from share-based awards of $1,051		1,278			13			34,966			—			—			34,979
Restricted share grants, less net settled shares of 178		369			3			(6,340	)		—			—			(6,337	)
Stock units issued under incentive compensation plan		—			—			3,005			—			—			3,005
Business combinations		81			1			(1,306	)		—			—			(1,305	)
Purchase and retirement of common stock		(1,957	)		(20	)		(71,110	)		—			—			(71,130	)
Share-based compensation		—			—			35,129			—			—			35,129

Balance December 31, 2013		40,526		$	405		$	362,322		$	730,621		$	(51,089	)	$	1,042,259

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

FTI Consulting, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)


	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Operating activities
Net income (loss)	$	(10,594	)	$	(36,986	)	$	103,903
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		32,638			33,919			28,582
Amortization and impairment of other intangible assets		22,954			22,586			22,371
Goodwill impairment charge		83,752			110,387			—
Acquisition-related contingent consideration		(10,869	)		(3,064	)		(6,465	)
Provision for doubtful accounts		13,335			14,179			12,586
Non-cash share-based compensation		35,129			29,361			37,352
Non-cash interest expense and loss on extinguishment of debt		2,699			9,824			8,439
Other		(1,582	)		(488	)		(2,068	)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions:
Accounts receivable, billed and unbilled		(56,290	)		(3,691	)		(94,178	)
Notes receivable		(7,544	)		(25,730	)		(3,781	)
Prepaid expenses and other assets		(6,784	)		(1,895	)		3,933
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other		8,505			(12,458	)		11,472
Income taxes		7,963			(6,816	)		22,227
Accrued compensation		82,917			(21,074	)		38,073
Billings in excess of services provided		(2,958	)		12,134			(8,618	)

Net cash provided by operating activities		193,271			120,188			173,828

Investing activities
Payments for acquisition of businesses, net of cash received		(55,498	)		(62,893	)		(62,346	)
Purchases of property and equipment		(42,544	)		(27,759	)		(31,091	)
Purchases of investments		(5,094	)		—			—
Other		45			246			(211	)

Net cash used in investing activities		(103,091	)		(90,406	)		(93,648	)

Financing activities
Borrowings under revolving line of credit		—			75,000			25,000
Payments of revolving line of credit		—			(75,000	)		(25,000	)
Payments of long-term debt and capital lease obligations		(6,021	)		(377,859	)		(6,994	)
Issuance of debt securities, net		—			292,608			—
Cash received for settlement of interest rate swaps		—			—			5,596
Purchase and retirement of common stock		(66,763	)		(50,032	)		(209,400	)
Net issuance of common stock under equity compensation plans		29,392			1,598			11,109
Other		263			(4,561	)		960

Net cash used in financing activities		(43,129	)		(138,246	)		(198,729	)

Effect of exchange rate changes and fair value adjustments on cash and cash equivalents		1,997			826			(1,598	)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		49,048			(107,638	)		(120,147	)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period		156,785			264,423			384,570

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	$	205,833		$	156,785		$	264,423

Supplemental cash flow disclosures
Cash paid for interest	$	48,156		$	57,082		$	50,655
Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds		35,074			46,918			38,742
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Issuance of common stock to acquire businesses		2,883			5,193			—
Issuance of stock units under incentive compensation plans		3,005			3,079			4,241
Unsettled repurchase and retirement of common stock		(4,367	)		—			—

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

FTI Consulting, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar and share amounts in tables expressed in thousands, except per share data)

1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

FTI Consulting, Inc. including its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company,” “we,” “our” or “FTI Consulting”), is a leading global business advisory firm dedicated to helping organizations protect and enhance their enterprise value. Our experienced teams of professionals include many individuals who are widely recognized as experts in their respective fields. We believe clients retain us because of our recognized expertise and capabilities in highly specialized areas as well as our reputation for satisfying our clients’ needs. We operate through five reportable segments: Corporate Finance/Restructuring, Forensic and Litigation Consulting, Economic Consulting, Technology and Strategic Communications.

Accounting Principles

Our financial statements are prepared in conformity with United States (“U.S.”) generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).

Reclassifications

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of FTI Consulting and all of our subsidiaries that we control or variable interest entities for which we have determined that we are the primary beneficiary. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Foreign Currency

Results of operations for our non-U.S. subsidiaries are translated from the designated functional currency to the reporting currency of the U.S. dollar. Revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates for each month while assets and liabilities are translated at balance sheet date exchange rates. Resulting translation adjustments are recorded as a component of stockholders’ equity in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss.”

Transaction gains and losses arising from currency exchange rate fluctuations on transactions denominated in a currency other than the local functional currency are included in “Interest income and other” on our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). Such transaction gains and losses may be realized or unrealized depending upon whether the transaction settled during the period or remains outstanding at the balance sheet date.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making those assumptions, actual results could differ from those estimates. The most significant estimates made and assumptions used are the determination of the allowance for doubtful accounts and unbilled services, the valuation of stock-based compensation, the fair value of acquisition-related contingent consideration, the measurement of deferred tax assets and the assessment of recoverability of intangible assets and goodwill. Management bases its estimates on historical trends, current experience and other assumptions that it believes are reasonable.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the related services are provided, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. If at the outset of an arrangement we determine that the arrangement fee is not fixed or determinable, revenue is deferred until all criteria for recognizing revenue are met. Provisions are recorded for the estimated realization adjustments on all engagements, including engagements for which fees are subject to review by the bankruptcy courts and other regulatory institutions. If the client is in bankruptcy, fees for our services may be subject to approval by the court. In some cases, a portion of the fees to be paid to us by a client is required by a court to be held until completion of our work and final fee settlements have been negotiated. We make a determination whether to record all or a portion of such holdback as revenue prior to collection on a case-by-case basis. We generate the majority of our revenues from providing professional services under four types of billing arrangements: time-and-expense, fixed-fee, performance-based and unit-based.

Direct Cost of Revenues

Direct cost of revenues consists primarily of billable employee compensation and related payroll benefits, the cost of consultants assigned to revenue-generating activities and direct expenses billable to clients. Direct cost of revenues also includes depreciation expense on the equipment of our Technology segment that is used to host and process client information. Direct cost of revenues does not include an allocation of overhead costs.

Share-Based Compensation

We measure share-based compensation using a fair value based recognition method. Share-based compensation cost is estimated at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period or performance period of the award. The fair market value of unrestricted shares on the date of issuance is immediately charged to compensation expense. The amount of share-based compensation expense recognized at any date must at least equal the portion of grant date value of the award that is vested at that date.

We use the Black-Scholes pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options on the dates of grant. The Black-Scholes pricing model requires various judgmental assumptions including volatility and expected term, which are based on our historical experience. We also make assumptions regarding the risk-free interest rate and the expected dividend yield. The risk-free interest rate is based on the term of U.S. Treasury interest rates that is consistent with the expected term of the share-based award. The dividend yield on our common stock is assumed to be zero since we do not pay dividends and have no current plans to do so in the future.

Restricted stock is measured based on the closing price of the underlying stock on the dates of grant. Awards with performance-based vesting conditions require the achievement of specific financial targets at the end of the specified performance period and the employee’s continued employment. We recognize the estimated fair value of performance-based awards as share-based compensation expense over the performance period. We consider each performance period separately, based upon our determination of whether it is probable that the performance target will be achieved. At each reporting period, we reassess the probability of achieving the performance targets. If a performance target is not met, no compensation cost is ultimately recognized against that target, and, to the extent previously recognized, compensation expense is reversed.

For all our share-based awards, we estimate the expected forfeiture rate and recognize expense only for those shares expected to vest. We estimate the forfeiture rate based on historical experience. Groups of share-based award holders that have similar historical behavior with regard to option exercise timing and forfeiture rates are considered separately for valuation and attribution purposes. Forfeitures are estimated at the time an award is granted and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

Selling, General, and Administrative Expense

Research and Development

Research and development costs related to software development are expensed as incurred. Development activities involve a plan or design for the production of new or substantially improved products. When we have determined that technological feasibility for our software products is reached, costs related to the project are capitalized until such products are available for general release to customers as discussed in “Capitalized Software to be Sold, Leased or Otherwise Marketed”.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs consist of marketing, advertising through print and other media, professional event sponsorship and public relations. These costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs totaled $20.7 million, $21.8 million, and $23.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Acquisition-related Contingent Consideration

The fair value of acquisition-related contingent consideration is estimated at the acquisition date utilizing a probability weighted estimated cash flow stream adjusted for the expected timing of each payment. Subsequent to the acquisition date, on a quarterly basis, the contingent consideration liability is remeasured at current fair value with any changes recorded in earnings. Accretion expense is recorded to adjust the discounted value of acquisition contingent consideration liabilities to their present value. Any remeasurement gain or loss and the accretion expense related to the increase in the net present value of the contingent liability are included in “Acquisition-related contingent consideration” on our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Income Taxes

Our income tax provision consists principally of federal, state and international income taxes. We generate income in a significant number of states located throughout the U.S. as well as foreign countries in which we conduct business. Our effective income tax rate may fluctuate due to a change in the mix of earnings between higher and lower state or country tax jurisdictions and the impact of non-deductible expenses. Additionally, we record deferred tax assets and liabilities using the asset and liability method of accounting which requires us to measure these assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is recognized if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more-likely-than-not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. The evaluation of the need for a valuation allowance requires management judgment and could impact our financial results and effective tax rate.

Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments

Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid short-term investments, principally money market funds, commercial paper and certificates of deposit with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase. In addition, we also may invest in short-term investments with maturities greater than three months, consisting primarily of certificates of deposit and treasury bills. Any short-term investments are classified as available-for-sale and carried at fair value, based on quoted market prices or other readily available market information. Short-term investments are included in “Prepaid assets and other current assets” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, are included in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss,” which is reflected as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Gains on the sale of commercial paper or treasury bills are recognized when realized in our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). Losses are recognized as realized or when we have determined that an “other-than-temporary” decline in fair value has occurred. Gains and losses are determined using the specific identification method. Short-term investments totaled $3.3 million at December 31, 2013. There were no short-term investments at December 31, 2012.

Restricted Cash

We classify cash that is restricted as to usage or withdrawal as restricted cash, which is included in “Prepaid assets and other current assets” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Restricted cash is typically held in short-term interest-bearing accounts until disbursed. Restricted cash totaled $0.9 million and $1.2 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Unbilled Services

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts and unbilled services for estimated losses resulting from disputes that affect our ability to fully collect our billed accounts receivable, potential fee reductions negotiated by clients or imposed by bankruptcy courts as well as the inability of clients to pay our fees. Even if a bankruptcy court approves our services, the court has the discretion to require us to refund all or a portion of our fees due to the outcome of the case or a variety of other factors. We estimate the allowance for all receivable risks by reviewing the status of each matter and recording reserves based on our experience and knowledge of the particular client and historical collection patterns. However, our actual experience may vary significantly from our estimates. If the financial condition of our clients were to deteriorate, resulting in their inability or unwillingness to pay our fees, or bankruptcy courts require us to refund certain fees, we may need to record additional allowances or write-offs in future periods. This risk related to a client’s inability to pay is mitigated to the extent that we may receive retainers from some of our clients prior to performing services.

We record adjustments to the allowance for doubtful accounts and unbilled services as a reduction in revenue when there are changes in estimates of fee reductions that may be imposed by bankruptcy courts and other regulatory institutions, for both billed and unbilled receivables. The allowance for doubtful accounts and unbilled services is also adjusted after the related work has been billed to the client and we discover that collectability is not reasonably assured. These adjustments are recorded to “Selling, general and administrative expense” on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), and totaled $13.3 million, $14.2 million, and $12.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Property and Equipment

We record property and equipment, including improvements that extend useful lives, at cost, while maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred. We calculate depreciation using the straight-line method based on estimated useful lives ranging from three to seven years for furniture, equipment and internal use software. We amortize leasehold improvements over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the lease term. We capitalize costs incurred during the application development stage of computer software developed or obtained for internal use. Capitalized software developed for internal use is classified within furniture, equipment and software and is amortized over the estimated useful life of the software, which is generally three years.

Notes Receivable from Employees

Notes receivable due from employees principally include unsecured general recourse forgivable loans and retention payments, which are provided to attract and retain certain of our senior employees and other professionals. At December 31, 2013 and 2012 there were 340 and 376 notes outstanding, respectively. New notes granted in the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 totaled $47.0 million and $61.4 million, respectively. Some or all of the principal amount and accrued interest of the loans we make to employees and other professionals will be forgiven by us according to the stated terms of the loan agreement, provided that the professional is providing service to the Company on the forgiveness date, and upon other specified events, such as death or disability. Professionals who terminate their employment or services with us prior to the end of the forgiveness period are required to repay the outstanding, unforgiven loan balance and any accrued but unforgiven interest, except, in most cases, if the termination was by the Company without cause or by the employee with good reason, or, subject to certain conditions, if the employee terminates his or her employment due to retirement or non-renewal of his or her employment agreement, the loan may be forgiven or continue to be forgivable, in whole or in part. We amortize forgivable loans to expense over the loan forgiveness period which ranges from a period of one to ten years. The amount of expense recognized at any date must at least equal the portion of the principal forgiven on the forgiveness date. Total amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $35.1 million, $32.8 million and $35.1 million, respectively. The accrued interest is calculated based on the note’s effective interest rate and is recorded as interest income.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the purchase price of acquired businesses in excess of the fair market value of net assets acquired. Other intangible assets may include trade names, customer relationships, non-competition agreements and software.

•

significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results;

•

a significant change in the manner of our use of the acquired asset or the strategy for our overall business;

•

a significant market decline related to negative industry or economic trends; and/or

•

our market capitalization relative to net carrying value.

We assess our goodwill for impairment using a fair value approach at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is an operating segment or a business one level below that operating segment if discrete financial information is available and regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision makers. When available and as appropriate in order to estimate fair values, we use market multiples derived from a set of guideline companies and/or guideline transactions (market approaches), discounted cash flows (an income approach) or a combination of appropriately weighted income and market approaches.

In the third quarter of 2013 and the fourth quarter of 2012, we recorded non-deductible goodwill impairment charges of $83.8 million and $110.4 million, respectively, related to our Strategic Communications reporting unit. The impairment charges were non-cash in nature and did not affect the Company’s liquidity, cash flows, borrowing capability or operations; nor did it impact the debt covenants under the Company’s existing credit facility. See Note 13 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” for information regarding our 2013 and 2012 goodwill impairment charges.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We review long-lived assets such as property and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. These events or changes in circumstances may include a significant deterioration of operating results, changes in business plans, or changes in anticipated future cash flows. If an impairment indicator is present, we evaluate recoverability of assets to be held and used by a comparison of the carrying value of the assets to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. We group assets at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows generated by other asset groups. If the total of the expected undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset group, we estimate the fair value of the asset group to determine whether an impairment loss should be recognized. An impairment loss will be recognized for the difference between the fair value and carrying value of the asset group.

Debt Financing Fees

We amortize the costs we incur to obtain debt financing over the terms of the underlying obligations on a straight-line basis, which approximates the effective interest method. The amortization of debt financing costs is

included in “Interest expense” in our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). Unamortized debt financing costs are classified within “Other assets” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Capitalized Software to be Sold, Leased or Otherwise Marketed

We expense costs for software products that will be sold, leased or otherwise marketed until technological feasibility has been established. Thereafter, all software development costs are capitalized and subsequently reported at the lower of unamortized cost or net realizable value. Capitalized costs are amortized based on current and future revenue for each product with an annual minimum equal to the straight-line amortization over the remaining estimated economic life of the product. We classify software products to be sold, leased or otherwise marketed as noncurrent “Other assets” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Unamortized capitalized software costs were $12.9 million and $12.7 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Amortization of capitalized software costs was $5.8 million, $3.7 million, and $2.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Leases

We lease office space and equipment under non-cancelable operating leases. The leases normally provide for the payment of minimum annual rentals and may include scheduled rent increases. Some leases include provisions for renewal options of up to five years. Some of our leases for office space contain provisions whereby the future rental payments may be adjusted for increases in operating expenses above specified amounts.

We recognize rent expense under operating leases on a straight-line basis over the non-cancelable lease term. For leases with scheduled rent increases this treatment results in a deferred rent liability, which is classified within “Other liabilities” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Lease inducements such as tenant improvement allowances, cash inducements, and rent abatements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease. Unamortized lease inducements are also included in deferred rent. Deferred rent at December 31, 2013 and 2012 totaled $41.0 million and $40.3 million, respectively.

Interest Rate Swaps

We sometimes use derivative instruments, consisting primarily of interest rate swap agreements, to manage our exposure to changes in the fair values or future cash flows of some of our long-term debt. We may enter into interest rate swap transactions with financial institutions acting as the counter-party. We do not use derivative instruments for trading or other speculative purposes. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, we were not a party to any derivative instruments.

Billings in Excess of Services Provided

Billings in excess of services provided represent amounts billed to clients, such as retainers, in advance of work being performed. Clients may make advance payments, which are held on deposit until completion of work or are applied at predetermined amounts or times. Excess payments are either applied to final billings or refunded to clients upon completion of work. Payments in excess of related accounts receivable and unbilled receivables are recorded as billings in excess of services provided within the liabilities section of our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

2. New Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted

entire amount of a cumulative translation adjustment related to an entity’s investment in a foreign entity should be released when there has been a: (i) sale of a subsidiary or group of net assets within a foreign entity and the sale represents a substantially complete liquidation of the investment in the foreign entity, (ii) loss of a controlling financial interest in an investment in a foreign entity, and (iii) step acquisition for a foreign entity. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2013. This ASU would impact the Company’s consolidated results of operations and financial condition only in the instance of an event or transaction as described above.

3. Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share

Basic earnings (loss) per common share are calculated by dividing net earnings (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share adjust basic earnings per share for the effects of potentially dilutive common shares. Potentially dilutive common shares include the dilutive effects of shares issuable under our equity compensation plans, including stock options and restricted stock, and shares issuable upon the potential conversion of our 3³/₄% senior subordinated convertible notes (“Convertible Notes”) prior to their maturity on July 15, 2012 and payment in full on July 16, 2012 assuming the conversion premium was converted into common stock based on the average closing price per share of our stock during the period, each using the treasury stock method. Due to a net loss applicable to common stockholders for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, we excluded 1,232,880 and 1,261,913 potentially dilutive securities from the computation as their effect would be anti-dilutive.


	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Numerator — basic and diluted
Net income (loss)	$	(10,594	)	$	(36,986	)	$	103,903

Denominator
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding — basic		39,188			40,316			41,131
Effect of dilutive stock options		—			—			915
Effect of dilutive convertible notes		—			—			836
Effect of dilutive restricted shares		—			—			591

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding — diluted		39,188			40,316			43,473

Earnings (loss) per common share — basic	$	(0.27	)	$	(0.92	)	$	2.53

Earnings (loss) per common share — diluted	$	(0.27	)	$	(0.92	)	$	2.39

Antidilutive stock options and restricted shares		4,363			4,943			2,119

4. Special Charges

Restructuring and Forensic and Litigation Consulting segments, and to reduce certain corporate overhead within our Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) region. The special charges consisted of:

•

$0.6 million of costs to consolidate leased office space within one office location and to adjust prior year special charges for changes to sublease terms and employee termination costs.

The following table details the special charges by segment:


	For the years ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Corporate Finance/Restructuring	$	10,274	$	11,332	$	9,440
Forensic and Litigation Consulting		2,111		8,276		839
Economic Consulting		11		991		2,093
Technology		16		3,114		—
Strategic Communications		66		4,712		—

		12,478		28,425		12,372
Unallocated Corporate		25,936		1,132		2,840

Total	$	38,414	$	29,557	$	15,212

The total cash outflow associated with the 2012 and 2013 special charges is expected to be $48.5 million, of which $22.4 million has been paid as of December 31, 2013. $9.5 million is expected to be paid in 2014, $5.0 million is expected to be paid in 2015, $3.0 million is expected to be paid in 2016, and the remaining balance of $8.6 million will be paid from 2017 to 2025. The total cash outflow associated with the 2011 special charges has been paid as of December 31, 2013. Liabilities for the current and noncurrent portions of the amounts have been included in “Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other” and “Other liabilities,” respectively, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Activity related to the liabilities for these costs for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:


	Employee Termination Costs			Lease Termination Costs			Total
Balance December 31, 2011	$	4,758		$	—		$	4,758
Additions		14,276			10,274			24,550
Payments		(11,803	)		(1,757	)		(13,560	)
Foreign currency translation adjustment and other		(535	)		—			(535	)

Balance December 31, 2012	$	6,696		$	8,517		$	15,213

Additions		23,669			690			24,359
Payments		(9,995	)		(3,111	)		(13,106	)
Foreign currency translation adjustment and other		(405	)		—			(405	)

Balance December 31, 2013	$	19,965		$	6,096		$	26,061

5. Interest Income and Other

The table below presents the components of “Interest income and other” as shown on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).


	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Interest income	$	5,439		$	6,350		$	6,200
Foreign exchange transaction gains (losses), net		(2,326	)		250			(560	)
Other		(1,365	)		(941	)		664

Interest income and other	$	1,748		$	5,659		$	6,304

6. Share-Based Compensation

Share-Based Incentive Compensation Plans

The FTI Consulting, Inc. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2004 Plan”) authorizes common stock for stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted or unrestricted shares, performance awards or other share-based or cash–based awards to our officers, employees, non-employee directors and individual service providers, subject to the discretion of the administrator to make awards. We are authorized to issue up to 3,000,000 shares of common stock under the 2004 Plan, of which no more than 600,000 shares of common stock may be issued in the form of restricted or unrestricted shares or other share-based awards. At December 31, 2013, there are 19,740 shares of common stock available for grant under our 2004 Plan, all of which may be granted as share-based awards.

The FTI Consulting, Inc. 2006 Global Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2006 Plan”) authorizes common stock for stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted or unrestricted shares, performance awards or other share-based or cash-based awards to our officers, employees, non-employee directors and individual service providers, subject to the discretion of the administrator to make awards. We are authorized to issue up to 3,500,000 shares

of common stock under the 2006 Plan, of which no more than 1,100,000 shares of common stock may be issued in the form of restricted or unrestricted shares or other share-based awards. At December 31, 2013, 247,797 shares of common stock were available for grant under our 2006 Plan, of which 78,025 shares may be granted as share-based awards.

The amendment and restatement of the FTI Consulting, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees and Non-Employee Directors, as previously amended (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”), renamed the FTI Consulting, Inc. 2009 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (“2009 Omnibus Plan”), and together with the 2004 Plan and the 2006 Plan, the (“Equity Compensation Plans”), as further amended, was approved by the stockholders of FTI Consulting on June 3, 2009 and was amended and restated as of June 2, 2010. The 2009 Omnibus Plan authorizes common stock for stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted or unrestricted shares, performance awards or other share-based or cash-based awards to our officers, employees, non-employee directors and individual service providers, subject to the discretion of the administrator to make awards. The 2009 Omnibus Plan also authorizes common stock in connection with the issuance of deferred stock units or deferred restricted stock units on account of certain eligible compensation electively deferred by our non-employee directors and certain key employees (excluding executive officers of FTI Consulting). We are authorized to issue up to 6,000,000 shares of common stock under the 2009 Omnibus Plan, of which no more than 5,400,000 shares of common stock may be issued in the form of restricted or unrestricted shares or other share-based awards. At December 31, 2013, 500,665 shares of common stock were available for grant under our 2009 Omnibus Plan, all of which may be granted as share-based awards.

Options have been granted to employees with exercise prices not less than the market value of our common stock on the grant date and expire ten years subsequent to award. Vesting provisions for individual awards are established at the grant date at the discretion of the administrator of the applicable plan, which currently is the compensation committee of our board of directors. Options and restricted shares granted under our Equity Compensation Plans typically vest over three to six years and are generally contingent on continued employment. Some stock options and restricted stock and other stock-based awards vest upon the earlier of the achievement of a service condition or a performance condition. Our Equity Compensation Plans generally provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control, as defined in the applicable plan. The employment agreements and award agreements with executive officers and other employees may provide for accelerated vesting or continued vesting, subject to certain conditions, on other termination events, such as death, disability, termination without good cause, termination by the employee with good reason, retirement or non-renewal of the employment agreement. We issue new shares of our common stock whenever stock options are exercised or share awards are granted. Shares of common stock under the 2009 Omnibus Plan will also be issued on account of deferred stock units and deferred restricted stock units upon an event of separation from service or an elected payment date pursuant to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the plan (“Code Section 409A”).

Cash-based stock appreciation rights or other cash-based awards under the Equity Compensation Plans may be awarded by the administrator to employees. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, a total of 49,740 and 5,668 cash-based awards were made to employees in certain foreign countries. As of December 31, 2013, there was $1.3 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested cash-based awards. These grants do not result in the issuance of common stock and are considered de minimis.

Share-Based Compensation Expense

The table below reflects the total share-based compensation expense recognized in our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:


	2013				2012				2011
Income Statement Classification	Options ⁽¹⁾		Restricted Shares ⁽²⁾⁽³⁾		Options ⁽¹⁾		Restricted Shares ⁽²⁾⁽³⁾		Options ⁽¹⁾		Restricted Shares ⁽²⁾
Direct cost of revenues	$	6,807	$	9,181	$	6,012	$	10,000	$	10,436	$	14,382
Selling, general and administrative expense		1,849		10,053		1,836		10,347		2,649		9,052
Special charges ⁽⁴⁾		1,482		5,938		584		230		534		299

Share-based compensation expense before income taxes		10,138		25,172		8,432		20,577		13,619		23,733
Income tax benefit		4,101		9,094		3,104		6,870		5,014		8,749

Share-based compensation, net of income taxes	$	6,037	$	16,078	$	5,328	$	13,707	$	8,605	$	14,984

⁽¹⁾	Includes options and cash-settled stock appreciation rights.

⁽²⁾	Includes restricted share awards and deferred restricted share units and performance and market condition restricted share units.

⁽³⁾	Includes cash-settled restricted stock units.

⁽⁴⁾	Relates to accelerated recognition of compensation cost of share-based awards (See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information related to the special charges).

Stock Options

We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to value our option grants using the assumptions in the following table:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2013	2012	2011
Assumptions
Risk-free interest rate	0.77% – 1.71%	0.54% – 1.11%	0.88% – 2.58%
Dividend yield	0%	0%	0%
Expected term	5 – 6 years	4 – 6 years	5 – 6 years
Stock price volatility	37.30% – 38.27%	37.94% – 40.04%	39.23% – 40.82%

The following table summarizes the option activity under our Equity Compensation Plans as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013. The aggregate intrinsic value in the table below represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between the closing price of our common stock on the last trading day of 2013 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2013. The aggregate intrinsic value changes based on fluctuations in the fair market value per share of our common stock.


	Shares			Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term		Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Options outstanding, December 31, 2012		5,206		$	35.58
Options granted during the period:
Exercise Price = fair market value		543		$	35.32
Options exercised		(1,278	)	$	27.95
Options forfeited		(114	)	$	39.39

Options outstanding, December 31, 2013		4,357		$	37.68		5.7	$	27,820

Options exercisable, December 31, 2013		2,286		$	37.91		4.1	$	17,378

Cash received from option exercises for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $35.7 million, $7.9 million and $15.6 million, respectively. The actual tax benefit realized from stock options exercised totaled $5.5 million, $1.4 million and $3.6 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

The intrinsic value of stock options exercised is the amount by which the market value of our common stock on the exercise date exceeds the exercise price. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $15.1 million, $3.1 million and $10.3 million, respectively.

The table below reflects the weighted-average grant date fair value per share of stock options and restricted shares and stock units awarded during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Weighted average fair value of grants
Stock options:
Grant price = fair market value	$	13.15	$	12.99	$	13.68
Restricted shares	$	36.31	$	36.55	$	37.45

Following is a summary of the status of stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2013:


	Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable
Exercise Price Range	Shares		Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term		Shares		Weighted- Average Exercise Price
$ 16.80 – $ 27.89		905	$	25.26		2.6 years		868	$	25.20
$ 27.96 – $ 34.62		968	$	31.99		7.1 years		185	$	30.28
$ 35.18 – $ 38.58		1,137	$	37.31		6.9 years		406	$	37.51
$ 38.88 – $ 54.30		885	$	44.24		6.3 years		462	$	46.10
$ 55.63 – $ 70.55		462	$	62.27		4.5 years		365	$	62.05

		4,357						2,286

As of December 31, 2013, there was $13.2 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options. That cost is expected to be recognized ratably over a weighted-average period of 2.8 years.

Share Awards

A summary of our unvested restricted stock-based activity during the year ended December 31, 2013 is presented below. The fair value of unvested restricted stock-based awards is determined based on the closing market price per share of our common stock on the grant date.


	Shares			Weighted- Average Grant- Date Fair Value
Unvested restricted stock-based awards outstanding, December 31, 2012		1,312		$	37.43
Restricted stock-based awards granted		451		$	37.21
Restricted stock-based awards vested		(497	)	$	36.97
Restricted stock-based awards forfeited		(22	)	$	60.65

Unvested restricted stock-based awards outstanding, December 31, 2013		1,244		$	37.14

As of December 31, 2013, there was $19.9 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested restricted stock-based awards. That cost is expected to be recognized ratably over a weighted-average period of 3.5 years. The total fair value of restricted stock-based awards that vested during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $17.9 million, $16.9 million, and $14.0 million, respectively.

Deferred Restricted Stock Units

Deferred stock units and deferred restricted stock units (collectively, “Restricted Stock Units”) under the deferred compensation provisions of the 2009 Omnibus Plan may be granted to certain key employees and to non-employee directors who elect to defer their annual retainer payment and/or annual equity payment, payable on the date of our annual stockholders meeting each year. Each Restricted Stock Unit is equivalent to one share of FTI Consulting common stock. The Restricted Stock Units granted to key employees who elect to defer a portion of their annual bonus payment under the eligible bonus plan are immediately vested upon issuance and are settled in common stock with the participants at either their date of separation from service or the individual’s elected payment date pursuant Code Section 409A. Restricted Stock Units issued to non-employee directors on account of the director’s annual equity payment vest on the first anniversary of the grant date, provided that the non-employee director is serving in that capacity on the applicable vesting date, subject to accelerated vesting rights on the event of (i) the director’s cessation of service due to the Board’s failure to nominate such individual as a director, (ii) the director’s decision not to stand for re-election or to voluntarily resign, or (iii) our stockholders not reelecting him or her as a director. Restricted Stock Units issued to non-employee directors on account of their annual retainer payments are not subject to any time-based vesting conditions. Restricted Stock Units scheduled to vest in a year in which the director is not nominated for election or a director is not elected by stockholders will vest and not be forfeited. Upon a separation from service event or an elected payment date pursuant to Code Section 409A, such non-employee director will receive one share of common stock for each Restricted Stock Unit credited to his or her account on the books of the Company.

A summary of our Restricted Stock Units activity during the year ended December 31, 2013 is presented below. The aggregate intrinsic value in the table below represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value based on the closing price of our common stock on the last trading day of 2013. The fair value of Restricted Stock Units is determined based on the closing market price per share of our common stock on the grant date.


	Shares			Weighted- Average Grant- Date Fair Value		Intrinsic Value
Restricted Stock Units outstanding, December 31, 2012		875		$	38.18
Restricted Stock Units granted		241		$	34.61
Restricted Stock Units released		(136	)	$	37.40
Restricted Stock Units forfeited		—		$	—

Restricted Stock Units outstanding, December 31, 2013		980		$	37.54	$	40,315

The intrinsic value of Restricted Stock Units released reflects the market value of our common stock on the date of release. The total intrinsic value of Restricted Stock Units released was $4.7 million, $3.5 million and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

As of December 31, 2013, there was $2.3 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested Restricted Stock Units. That cost is expected to be recognized ratably over a weighted-average period of 2.0 years. The total fair value of Restricted Stock Units that vested during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $4.6 million, $4.0 million, and $5.3 million, respectively.

7. Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs related to software development totaled $15.8 million, $20.2 million, and $23.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Research and development costs are included in “Selling, general and administrative expense” on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

8. Acquisitions

In certain business combinations consummated prior to January 1, 2009, a portion of our purchase price is in the form of contingent consideration. The contingent consideration represents the difference between the seller’s and our perceived values of the business based upon our respective future performance estimates at the time of acquisition. The use of contingent consideration allows the buyer to shift some of the valuation risk, inherent at the time of acquisition, to the seller based upon the outcome of future financial targets that the seller contemplates in its valuation. Contingent consideration is payable annually if agreed upon performance targets are met and is generally subject to a maximum amount within a specified time period. Contingent consideration related to acquisitions consummated prior to January 1, 2009 is recorded as additional purchase price with the adjustment recorded as an increase to goodwill if the contingency is satisfied. Additional consideration related to businesses acquired prior to January 1, 2009 that was recorded as an adjustment to goodwill was $15.0 million and $18.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Certain acquisition related restricted stock agreements entered into prior to January 1, 2009 contained stock price guarantees that may result in cash payments in the future if our share price falls below a specified per share market value on the date that the applicable stock restrictions lapse (the “determination date”). For those acquisitions, the future settlement of any contingency related to our common stock price will be recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital. During 2013, we paid $4.1 million in cash in relation to the stock price guarantees on certain shares of common stock that became unrestricted, which was recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital. As of December 31, 2013, no further acquisition-related stock price guarantees are outstanding.

100

2013 Acquisitions

During the fourth quarter of 2013, we completed two acquisitions. The total purchase price included initial consideration with a value of $15.2 million plus, for one of the acquisitions, acquisition-related contingent consideration. The contingent consideration is payable through 2014 if the acquired business meets certain performance measures.

During the second quarter of 2013, we completed two acquisitions. The total purchase price included initial consideration with a value of $26.7 million plus acquisition-related contingent consideration. The contingent consideration is payable through the next five years if the acquired businesses meet certain performance measures.

During the first quarter of 2013, we completed two acquisitions. The total purchase price included initial consideration with a value of $9.1 million plus, for one of the acquisitions, acquisition-related contingent consideration. The contingent consideration is payable annually through December 31, 2017 if the acquired business meets certain performance measures, and is subject to an $8.0 million aggregate cap.

For acquisitions completed during the year ended December 31, 2013, as part of the purchase price allocations, we recorded $17.2 million in identifiable intangible assets and $38.9 million in goodwill. The estimated fair value of the acquisition-related contingent consideration of $12.6 million is recorded in “Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other” and “Other liabilities” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Certain of the purchase price allocations were preliminary as of December 31, 2013 and we are currently evaluating the fair value of the consideration transferred, assets acquired, and liabilities assumed. For these acquisitions, we recorded $4.7 million of acquisition-related contingent consideration, $9.5 million of identifiable intangible assets, $1.2 million of deferred tax liabilities and $10.1 million of goodwill. Pro forma results of operations were not presented because these acquisitions were not material in relation to our consolidated financial position or results of operations for the periods presented.

2012 Acquisitions

In December 2012, we completed an acquisition in the United States for our Corporate Finance/Restructuring segment. The acquisition date fair value of total consideration transferred was $11.1 million, which consisted of $9.8 million of cash and stock paid at closing and contingent consideration with a fair value of $1.3 million. As part of the purchase price we recorded $3.4 million of identified intangible assets and $7.8 million of goodwill.

In October 2012, we completed an acquisition in Australia for our Corporate Finance/Restructuring segment. The acquisition date fair value of total consideration transferred was $27.4 million, which consisted of approximately $25.4 million of cash and stock paid at closing and contingent consideration with a fair value of $2.1 million. As part of the purchase price we recorded $1.5 million of identified intangible assets and $18.4 million of goodwill.

In March 2012, we completed an acquisition in the United States for our Corporate Finance/Restructuring segment. The acquisition date fair value of total consideration transferred was approximately $3.1 million, which included $2.0 million of cash paid at closing and contingent consideration with a fair value of $1.1 million. As part of the purchase price we recorded $0.9 million of identified intangible assets and $2.2 million of goodwill.

Pro forma financial results of operations for the acquisitions completed in 2012 have not been presented because these acquisitions were not material in relation to our consolidated financial position or results of operations for the periods presented.

2011 Acquisitions

In March 2011, we completed acquisitions of certain business operations of LECG Corporation in Europe, the United States and Latin America with services relating to those provided through our Economic Consulting,

101

Forensic and Litigation Consulting, and Corporate Finance/Restructuring segments. The acquisition-date fair value of the total consideration transferred is approximately $30.0 million, which consisted of $27.1 million of cash paid at the closings of these acquisitions, a portion of which is subject to certain working capital and other adjustments, and contingent consideration with an estimated fair value of $2.9 million. As part of the purchase price allocation, we recorded an aggregate of $24.2 million of accounts receivable, $6.3 million of identifiable intangible assets, $20.6 million of assumed liabilities and $14.8 million of goodwill. The identifiable intangible assets consisted of customer relationships with a weighted average amortization period of 12.4 years. Aggregate acquisition-related costs of approximately $1.5 million have been recognized in earnings in 2011. Pro forma results of operations have not been presented because the acquisitions were not material in relation to our consolidated financial position or results of operations for the periods presented.

9. Concentrations of Risk

We derive the majority of our revenues from providing professional services to clients in the U.S. For the year ended December 31, 2013, 27% of our revenues were derived from client-facing professionals who reside outside the U.S. We believe that the geographic and industry diversity of our customer base throughout the U.S. and internationally minimizes the risk of incurring material losses due to concentrations of credit risk. We do not have a single customer that represents ten percent or more of our consolidated revenues.

10. Balance Sheet Details


	December 31,
	2013		2012
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Prepaid expenses	$	30,906	$	27,647
Other current assets		18,540		9,891
Income tax receivable		12,354		14,003

	$	61,800	$	51,541

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other
Accounts payable	$	14,467	$	10,139
Accrued expenses		53,164		44,424
Accrued contingent consideration		21,034		8,201
Accrued interest payable		9,479		9,048
Accrued taxes payable		9,323		11,114
Other current liabilities		19,419		15,183

	$	126,886	$	98,109

11. Financial Instruments

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

We consider the recorded value of certain of our financial assets and liabilities, which consist primarily of cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable, to approximate the fair value of the respective assets and liabilities at December 31, 2013 and 2012, based on the short-term nature of the assets and liabilities. We determine the fair value of our long-term debt primarily based on quoted market prices for our 6³/₄% Senior Notes Due 2020 (“2020 Notes”) and 6.0% Senior Notes Due 2022, (“2022 Notes”), at December 31, 2013. The fair value of our long-term debt is classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, because it is traded in less active markets.

102

The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of our other financial instruments at December 31, 2013 and 2012:


	December 31,
	2013				2012
	Carrying Amount		Estimated Fair Value		Carrying Amount		Estimated Fair Value
Liabilities:
Acquisition-related contingent consideration, including current portion ⁽¹⁾	$	13,329	$	13,329	$	16,426	$	16,426
Long-term debt, including current portion		717,000		752,750		723,000		762,000

Total	$	730,329	$	766,079	$	739,426	$	778,426

⁽¹⁾	The short-term portion is included in “Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other.” The long-term portion is included in “Other liabilities.”

For business combinations consummated on or after January 1, 2009, we estimate the fair value of acquisition-related contingent consideration using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model. This fair value measure is based on significant inputs not observed in the market and thus represents a Level 3 measurement. Fair value measurements characterized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are measured based on unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and reflect our own assumptions in measuring fair value.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements of our acquisition-related contingent consideration are our measures of the future profitability and related cash flows and discount rates. Significant increases (decreases) in any of these inputs in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Generally, a change in the assumptions used for the discount rates is accompanied by a directionally opposite change in the fair value measurement and a change in the assumptions used for the future cash flows is accompanied by a directionally similar change in the fair value measurement. The fair value of the contingent consideration is reassessed at each reporting period by the Company based on a collaborative effort of the Company’s operations, finance and accounting groups based on additional information as it becomes available. Any change in the fair value adjustment is recorded in the earnings of that period.

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, management determined that the fair value of certain contingent consideration liabilities had declined. This remeasurement of the contingent consideration was based on management’s probability-adjusted present value of the consideration expected to be transferred during the remainder of the earnout period, based on the acquired operations’ forecasted results. The resulting reduction in the liability during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, of $13.6 million, $5.2 million and $10.0 million, respectively, is recorded as income and is included within “Acquisition-related contingent consideration” in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Accretion expense for acquisition-related contingent consideration totaled $2.7 million, $2.2 million and $3.5 million for years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and is included within “Acquisition-related contingent consideration” in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

103

The following table represents the change in the acquisition-related contingent consideration liability during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:


	December 31,
	2013			2012
Beginning balance	$	16,426		$	14,990
Acquisitions ⁽¹⁾		8,993			8,171
Adjustments to fair value recorded in earnings ⁽²⁾		(10,869	)		(3,064	)
Payments		(401	)		(1,287	)
Elimination of contingency ⁽³⁾		—			(2,534	)
Unrealized gains related to currency translation in other comprehensive income		(820	)		150

Ending balance	$	13,329		$	16,426

⁽¹⁾	Includes adjustments during the purchase price allocation period.

⁽²⁾	Includes adjustments to fair value related to accretion and remeasurement of contingent consideration which are recorded in “Acquisition-related contingent consideration” on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

⁽³⁾	During the year ended December 31, 2012, we fixed an acquisition-related contingent consideration liability in the amount of $2.5 million. The non-contingent consideration liability is no longer required to be remeasured to fair value and, accordingly, is not classified as a Level 3 measurement.

The following table presents financial liabilities measured at fair value:


	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Total
As of December 31, 2013
Liabilities:
Acquisition-related contingent consideration, including current portion	$	—	$	—	$	13,329	$	13,329
As of December 31, 2012
Liabilities:
Acquisition-related contingent consideration, including current portion	$	—	$	—	$	16,426	$	16,426

12. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following:


	December 31,
	2013			2012
Leasehold improvements	$	65,742		$	62,906
Construction in progress		18,477			2,883
Furniture and equipment		36,394			34,781
Computer equipment and software		97,390			92,563

		218,003			193,133
Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(138,996	)		(124,941	)

Property and equipment, net	$	79,007		$	68,192

104

Depreciation expense totaled $26.8 million, $30.2 million and $26.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

13. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment are as follows:


	Corporate Finance/ Restructuring			Forensic and Litigation Consulting		Economic Consulting		Technology		Strategic Communications			Total
Balance December 31, 2011:
Goodwill	$	436,043		$	198,047	$	229,487	$	117,958	$	327,823		$	1,309,358
Accumulated goodwill impairment		—			—		—		—		—			—

Goodwill, net December 31, 2011	$	436,043		$	198,047	$	229,487	$	117,958	$	327,823		$	1,309,358

Acquisitions⁽¹⁾		31,644			—		—		—		—			31,644
Contingent consideration⁽²⁾		905			23		17,708		—		—			18,636
Foreign currency translation adjustment and other		458			887		523		77		8,839			10,784
Goodwill impairment		—			—		—		—		(110,387	)		(110,387	)

Balance December 31, 2012:
Goodwill		469,050			198,957		247,718		118,035		336,662			1,370,422
Accumulated goodwill impairment		—			—		—		—		(110,387	)		(110,387	)

Goodwill, net December 31, 2012	$	469,050		$	198,957	$	247,718	$	118,035	$	226,275		$	1,260,035

Acquisitions⁽¹⁾		18,713			10,979		945		—		4,961			35,598
Contingent consideration⁽²⁾		437			—		14,530		—		—			14,967
Foreign currency translation adjustment and other		(7,019	)		244		281		38		(1,659	)		(8,115	)
Intersegment transfers in/(out)⁽³⁾		(31,471	)		31,471		—		—		—			—
Goodwill impairment		—			—		—		—		(83,752	)		(83,752	)

Balance December 31, 2013:
Goodwill		449,710			241,651		263,474		118,073		339,964			1,412,872
Accumulated goodwill impairment		—			—		—		—		(194,139	)		(194,139	)

Goodwill, net December 31, 2013		449,710			241,651		263,474		118,073		145,825			1,218,733

⁽¹⁾	Includes adjustments during the purchase price allocation period.

⁽²⁾	Contingent consideration is related to business combinations consummated prior to January 1, 2009.

⁽³⁾	Includes the reclassification of the Company’s Corporate Finance/Restructuring segment’s healthcare and life sciences practices into the Forensic and Litigation Consulting segment. See Note 19 “Segment Reporting” for information on this segment reclassification.

2013 Goodwill Impairment Test

105

the carrying value of goodwill in our Strategic Communications reporting unit in connection with the preparation of our financial statements for the quarter ended September 30, 2013. The results of the Step 1 goodwill impairment analysis indicated that the estimated fair value of our Strategic Communications reporting unit was less than its carrying value; therefore, we applied Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test. The results of Step 2 indicated that the carrying values of the goodwill associated with the Strategic Communications reporting unit exceeded its implied fair value, resulting in a $83.8 million non-deductible goodwill impairment charge which is recorded as a separate line item within operating income (loss) within the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). The impairment charge was non-cash in nature and did not affect the Company’s current liquidity, cash flows, borrowing capability or operations; nor did it impact the debt covenants under the Company’s existing credit facility and the Indentures for the 2020 and 2022 Notes.

For the 2013 annual goodwill impairment test performed as of the Company’s measurement date of October 1, 2013, we utilized the quantitative test described below for our other reporting units. The results of the Step 1 goodwill impairment analysis indicated that the estimated fair values of our other reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values.

The fair values of our reporting units were estimated using a combination of appropriately weighted income and market approaches. The cash flows employed in the income approach are based on our most recent budgets, forecasts and business plans, as well as various growth rate assumptions for years beyond the current business plan period. In the income approach, the cash flows were discounted using an estimated weighted average cost of capital “(WACC”) based on our assessment of the risk inherent in the future revenue streams and cash flows and our WACC. The WACC is comprised of (1) a risk free rate of return, (2) an equity risk premium that is based on the rate of return on equity of publicly traded companies with business characteristics comparable to our reporting units, (3) the current after-tax market rate of return on debt of companies with business characteristics similar to our reporting units, each weighted by the relative market value percentages of our equity and debt, and (4) an appropriate size premium. In the market approach, we utilize market multiples derived from comparable guideline companies and comparable market transactions to the extent available. These valuations are based on estimates and assumptions including projected future cash flows and the determination of appropriate market comparables and determination of whether a premium or discount should be applied to such comparables.

2012 Annual Goodwill Impairment Test

For the 2012 annual goodwill impairment test performed as of October 1, 2012, we utilized the quantitative test for all our reporting units. The fair values of the Corporate Finance/Restructuring, Forensic and Litigation Consulting, Economic Consulting and Technology reporting units were estimated using a market approach while the fair value of the Strategic Communications reporting unit was estimated using a combination of appropriately weighted income and market approaches. The cash flows employed in the income approach are based on our most recent budgets, forecasts and business plans developed in the fourth quarter, as well as various growth rate assumptions for years beyond the current business plan period, discounted using an estimated WACC. Our discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the future revenue streams and cash flows and our WACC. The risk adjusted discount rate used represents the estimated WACC for our reporting units. The WACC is comprised of (1) a risk free rate of return, (2) an equity risk premium that is based on the rate of return on equity of publicly traded companies with business characteristics comparable to our reporting units, (3) the current after-tax market rate of return on debt of companies with business characteristics similar to our reporting units, each weighted by the relative market value percentages of our equity and debt, and (4) an appropriate size premium.

The results of the Step 1 goodwill impairment analysis indicated that the estimated fair value of our Strategic Communications reporting unit was less than its carrying value while the estimated fair values of our other reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values. The Strategic Communications reporting unit fair value was unfavorably impacted by a combination of lower current and projected cash flows. Because our Strategic Communications reporting unit’s fair value estimate was lower than its carrying value, we applied the second step of the goodwill impairment test.

106

The second step of the goodwill impairment analysis indicated that the carrying values of the goodwill associated with the Strategic Communications reporting unit exceeded its implied fair value, resulting in a $110.4 million non-deductible goodwill impairment charge. The impairment charge was non-cash in nature and did not affect the Company’s current liquidity, cash flows, borrowing capability or operations; nor did it impact the debt covenants under the Company’s existing credit facility.

Other intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. We recorded amortization expense of $23.0 million, $22.6 million, and $22.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Based solely on the amortizable intangible assets recorded at December 31, 2013, we estimate amortization expense to be $14.5 million in 2014, $12.7 million in 2015, $11.2 million in 2016, $10.5 million in 2017, $8.9 million in 2018 and an aggregate of $33.7 million in years after 2018. Actual amortization expense to be reported in future periods could differ from these estimates as a result of new intangible asset acquisitions, changes in useful lives or other relevant factors or changes.


	Useful Life in Years	December 31, 2013				December 31, 2012
	Useful Life in Years	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization
Amortized intangible assets
Customer relationships	1 to 15	$	157,064	$	73,977	$	151,990	$	64,095
Non-competition agreements	1 to 10		10,922		9,051		15,184		11,158
Software	3 to 10		40,095		33,625		33,979		27,424
Tradenames	1 to 2		485		365		180		75

			208,566		117,018		201,333		102,752
Unamortized intangible assets
Tradenames	Indefinite		5,600		—		5,600		—

		$	214,166	$	117,018	$	206,933	$	102,752

14. Long-Term Debt


	December 31,
	2013		2012
6³/₄% senior notes due 2020		400,000		400,000
6.0% senior notes due 2022		300,000		300,000
Notes payable to former shareholders of acquired businesses		17,000		23,000

Total debt		717,000		723,000
Less current portion		6,000		6,000

Long-term debt, net of current portion		711,000		717,000

Total capital lease obligations		14		45
Less current portion		14		21

Capital lease obligations, net of current portion		—		24

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations, net of current portion	$	711,000	$	717,024

6.0% Senior Notes Due 2022. The 2022 Notes have been registered with the SEC. Cash interest is payable semi-annually beginning on May 15, 2013 at a rate of 6.0% per year. The 2022 Notes will mature on November 15, 2022. The 2022 Notes are guaranteed, with certain exceptions, by our existing and future domestic subsidiaries. The 2022 Notes and the guarantees are our and the guarantors’ general unsecured senior obligations. The indebtedness evidenced by the 2022 Notes and the guarantees (i) rank equally in right of payment with all of

107

FTI Consulting, Inc.’s and the guarantors’ existing and future senior indebtedness, (ii) rank senior in right of payment to any existing and future subordinated indebtedness, (iii) are effectively junior to all of FTI Consulting, Inc.’s and the guarantors’ secured debt, including borrowings under the Senior Bank Credit Facility (as defined below), to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness, and (iv) are structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any current and future non-guarantor subsidiaries (other than indebtedness and liabilities owed to FTI Consulting, Inc. or one of its guarantor subsidiaries).

The 2022 Notes are subject to redemption at our option, in whole or in part, at any time after November 15, 2017, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior notice at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date.


Year	Redemption Price
2017		103.000	%
2018		102.000	%
2019		101.000	%
2020 and thereafter		100.000	%

Debt issue costs of approximately $7.6 million were capitalized and are being amortized over the term of the 2022 Notes, which approximates the effective interest method.

6³/₄% Senior Notes Due 2020. The 2020 Notes have been registered with the SEC. Cash interest is payable semi-annually beginning April 1, 2011 at a rate of 6³/₄% per year. The 2020 Notes will mature on October 1, 2020. The 2020 Notes are guaranteed, with certain exceptions, by our existing and future domestic subsidiaries. The 2020 Notes and the guarantees are our and the guarantors’ general unsecured senior obligations. The indebtedness evidenced by the 2020 Notes and the guarantees (i) rank equally in right of payment with all of FTI Consulting, Inc.’s and the guarantors’ existing and future senior indebtedness, (ii) rank senior in right of payment to any existing and future subordinated indebtedness, (iii) are effectively junior to all of FTI Consulting, Inc.’s and the guarantors’ secured debt, including borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facility (as defined below), to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness, and (iv) are structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any current and future non-guarantor subsidiaries (other than indebtedness and liabilities owed to FTI Consulting, Inc. or one of its guarantor subsidiaries).

The 2020 Notes are subject to redemption at our option, in whole or in part, at any time after October 1, 2015, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date:


Year	Redemption Price
2015		103.375	%
2016		102.250	%
2017		101.125	%
2018 and thereafter		100.000	%

Debt issue costs of approximately $9.8 million were capitalized and are being amortized over the term of the 2020 Notes, which approximates the effective interest method.

Senior bank credit facility. On November 27, 2012, we entered into a new revolving senior bank credit facility which matures on November 25, 2017 (“Senior Bank Credit Facility”). The Senior Bank Credit Facility consists of a $350.0 million senior secured revolving line of credit. The former revolving credit facility entered

108

into on September 27, 2010 provided for a five-year $250.0 million senior secured revolving line of credit. We did not incur any early termination or prepayment penalties in connection with the replacement of the former credit facility in 2012. Borrowings under the Senior Bank Credit Facility bear interest at an annual rate equal to the LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin or an alternative base rate plus an applicable margin. The alternative base rate means a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (1) the rate of interest in effect for such day as the prime rate announced by Bank of America, (2) the federal funds rate plus the sum of 50 basis points and (3) the one-month LIBOR rate plus 100 basis points. Under the Senior Bank Credit Facility, the lenders have a security interest in substantially all of the assets of FTI Consulting, Inc. and substantially all of our domestic subsidiaries. Subject to certain conditions, at any time prior to maturity, we will be able to invite existing and new lenders to increase the size of the Senior Bank Credit Facility up to a maximum of $425.0 million.

The credit agreement governing our Senior Bank Credit Facility and the indentures governing our Notes contain covenants which limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens, pay dividends on our capital stock, make distributions or repurchases of our capital stock or make specified other restricted payments, consolidate, merge or sell assets, guarantee obligations of other entities and our foreign subsidiaries, enter into hedging agreements, enter into transactions with affiliates or related persons and engage in any business other than consulting-related businesses. In addition, the credit agreement governing our Senior Bank Credit Facility includes financial covenants that require us to (i) not to exceed a maximum leverage ratio, (ii) not to exceed a maximum senior secured leverage ratio, and (iii) maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. At December 31, 2013, we were in compliance with all covenants as stipulated in the credit agreement governing our Senior Bank Credit Facility and the indentures governing our Notes. No borrowings were outstanding under the Senior Bank Credit Facility as of December 31, 2013 or December 31, 2012. However, $1.4 million of the borrowing limit was used (and, therefore, unavailable) as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 for letters of credit.

Notes payable to shareholders of acquired businesses. In connection with our third quarter 2010 acquisition of FS Asia Advisory Limited (formerly Ferrier Hodgson Hong Kong Group), we issued $35.0 million of notes to selling shareholders as part of the total consideration paid. These notes are unsecured and bear interest at 8% per annum. Payments of unpaid principal and interest are to be made annually on August 19, 2011 through August 19, 2015. The principal payments have been classified as either current or non-current based on the timing of the payments. At December 31, 2013, $18.0 million had been repaid.

Guarantees. Currently, we do not have any debt guarantees related to entities outside of the consolidated group. At December 31, 2013, substantially all of our domestic subsidiaries are guarantors of borrowings under our Senior Bank Credit Facility and our Notes in the amount of $700.0 million.

Future Maturities of Long-Term Debt

For years subsequent to December 31, 2013, scheduled annual maturities of long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 2013 are as follows:


	Long-term Debt		Capital Lease Obligations		Total
2014	$	6,000	$	14	$	6,014
2015		11,000		—		11,000
2016		—		—		—
2017		—		—		—
2018		—		—		—
Thereafter		700,000		—		700,000

	$	717,000	$	14	$	717,014

109

15. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Lease Commitments

Rental expense, net of rental income was $60.7 million, $57.0 million, and $57.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. For years subsequent to December 31, 2013, future minimum payments for all operating lease obligations that have initial non-cancelable lease terms exceeding one year, net of rental income from subleases of $1.7 million in 2014, $1.8 million in 2015, $1.8 million in 2016, $1.5 million in 2017, $1.2 million in 2018 and $4.5 million thereafter are as follows:


	Operating Leases
2014	$	44,987
2015	$	37,726
2016	$	36,879
2017	$	39,719
2018	$	32,389
Thereafter	$	143,157

	$	334,857

Contingencies

We are subject to legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In management’s opinion, we believe we have adequate legal defenses and/or insurance coverage with respect to the eventuality of such actions. We do not believe any settlement or judgment relating to any pending legal action would materially affect our financial position or results of operations.

16. Income Taxes

Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	11,126		$	9,204
Accrued vacation and bonus		18,662			8,016
Deferred rent		16,119			16,137
Share-based compensation		21,843			23,730
Notes receivable from employees		26,036			27,791
State net operating loss carryforward & credits		2,454			1,921
Foreign net operating loss carryforward		6,024			7,976
Foreign tax credits		2,169			1,253
Future foreign tax credit asset		6,861			8,406
Deferred compensation		12,463			(152	)
Other — net		9,090			4,783

Total deferred tax assets		132,847			109,065

Deferred tax liabilities:
Revenue recognition		(16,474	)		(19,706	)
Property, equipment and capitalized software		(6,523	)		(819	)
Goodwill and other intangible asset amortization		(210,656	)		(188,737	)

Total deferred tax liabilities		(233,653	)		(209,262	)

Valuation allowance		(10,201	)		(1,939	)

Net deferred tax liabilities	$	(111,007	)	$	(102,136	)

110

As of December 31, 2013, we have not provided for deferred taxes on $22.5 million of the undistributed non-U.S. subsidiary earnings that are considered permanently invested. If these earnings were distributed in the form of dividends or otherwise, the distributors would be subject to U.S. federal income tax of approximately $7.9 million.

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company believed certain deferred tax assets principally associated with foreign net operating loss, foreign tax credit carryforwards, and other related foreign balance sheet accounts which can be carried forward for periods ranging from 20 years to indefinite, would expire unused based on updated forward-looking financial information. Therefore, valuation allowances of $10.2 million and $1.9 million were recorded against the Company’s net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In assessing the realizability of other deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets may not be realized. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which temporary differences are deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon these factors, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits of deferred tax assets, net of the valuation allowance.

The components of “Income before income tax provision” from continuing operations are as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Domestic	$	32,498		$	40,275		$	123,439
Foreign		(687	)		(37,161	)		29,688

	$	31,811		$	3,114		$	153,127

The components of the income tax provision from continuing operations are as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Current
Federal	$	16,066		$	21,172		$	30,048
State		6,673			6,268			5,844
Foreign		9,599			7,021			5,977

		32,338			34,461			41,869

Deferred
Federal	$	(1,094	)	$	7,553		$	11,858
State		(1,054	)		(719	)		564
Foreign		12,215			(1,195	)		(5,067	)

		10,067			5,639			7,355

Income tax provision	$	42,405		$	40,100		$	49,224

111

Our income tax provision from continuing operations resulted in effective tax rates that varied from the statutory federal income tax rate as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Income tax expense at federal statutory rate	$	11,134		$	1,090		$	53,595
State income taxes, net of federal benefit		3,270			3,607			4,166
Benefit from lower foreign tax rates		(5,214	)		(5,357	)		(7,115	)
Non-deductible goodwill impairment		29,313			38,635			—
Valuation allowance on foreign tax credits & net operating loss carryforward		8,206			—			—
Other expenses not deductible for tax purposes		2,872			3,682			2,791
Changes in non-taxable contingent consideration		(2,777	)		(1,151	)		(2,367	)
Other adjustments, net		(4,399	)		(406	)		(1,846	)

	$	42,405		$	40,100		$	49,224

We file numerous consolidated and separate income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in many city, state and foreign jurisdictions. We are no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for years prior to 2011 and are no longer subject to state and local or foreign tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2008. In addition, open tax years related to state and foreign jurisdictions remain subject to examination but are not considered material to our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Our liability for uncertain tax positions was $2.9 million and $3.8 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. During the first quarter of 2013, the Company effectively settled certain prior year tax matters. As a result, the Company reversed approximately $2.2 million of its liability for uncertain tax positions. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are classified as operating expenses and are excluded from the income tax provision. At December 31, 2013, our accrual for the payment of tax-related interest and penalties was not material. Management believes that an adequate provision has been made for any adjustments that may result from tax examinations. Although the timing of the resolution and closure of such examinations is not certain, the Company believes it is reasonably possible that tax audit resolutions could reduce its unrecognized tax benefits by approximately $2.3 million in the next 12 months.

17. Stockholders’ Equity

Common Stock

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted for action by the stockholders and share equally, share-for-share, if dividends are declared on the common stock. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company or upon the distribution of our assets, all assets and funds remaining after payment in full of our debts and liabilities, and after the payment of all liquidation preferences, if any, applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, would be divided and distributed among the holders of our common stock ratably. There are no redemption or sinking fund requirements applicable to shares of our common stock.

Common Stock Repurchase Program

2012 stock repurchase program.

On June 6, 2012, our Board of Directors authorized a two-year stock repurchase program of up to $250.0 million (the “2012 Repurchase Program”). During the year ended December 31, 2013, we repurchased and retired 1,956,900 shares of our common stock for an average price per share of $36.35, at a cost of $71.1 million, of which $66.7 million was paid at December 31, 2013. $4.4 million was accrued and included in

112

“Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we repurchased and retired 1,681,029 shares of our common stock for an average price per share of $29.76, using cash on hand, with a value equivalent to approximately $50.0 million. At December 31, 2013, a balance of approximately $128.8 million remained available under the 2012 Repurchase Program.

2009 stock repurchase program.

18. Employee Benefit Plans

We maintain a qualified defined contribution 401(k) plan, which covers substantially all of our U.S. employees. Under the plan, participants are entitled to make pre-tax and/or Roth post-tax contributions up to the annual maximums established by the Internal Revenue Service. We match a certain percentage of participant contributions pursuant to the terms of the plan, which contributions are limited to a percent of the participant’s eligible compensation. FTI Consulting matches each participant’s eligible 401(k) plan contributions up to the annual limit specified by the Internal Revenue Service. We made contributions related to the plan of $9.2 million, $8.8 million and $8.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

We also maintain several defined contribution pension schemes for our employees in the United Kingdom and other foreign countries. The assets of the schemes are held separately from those of FTI Consulting in independently administered funds. We contributed to these plans $5.3 million, $6.2 million and $5.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

19. Segment Reporting

We manage our business in five reportable segments: Corporate Finance/Restructuring, Forensic and Litigation Consulting, Economic Consulting, Technology and Strategic Communications.

Our Corporate Finance/Restructuring segment focuses on strategic, operational, financial and capital needs of businesses around the world and provides consulting and advisory services on a wide range of areas, such as restructuring (including bankruptcy), interim management, financings, mergers and acquisitions, post-acquisition integration, valuations, tax issues and performance improvement.

113

Our Technology segment provides electronic discovery and information management consulting, software and services to its clients. It provides products, services and consulting to companies, law firms, courts and government agencies worldwide. Its comprehensive suite of software and services help clients locate, review and produce electronically stored information, including e-mail, computer files, voicemail, instant messaging, and financial and transactional data.

Our Strategic Communications segment provides advice and consulting services relating to financial and corporate communications and investor relations, reputation management and brand communications, public affairs, business consulting and digital design and marketing.

Effective in the first quarter of 2013, we modified our reportable segments to reflect changes in how we operate our business and the related internal management reporting. The Company’s healthcare and life sciences practices from both our Corporate Finance/Restructuring segment and our Forensic and Litigation Consulting segment have been combined under a single organizational structure. This single integrated practice, our health solutions practice, is now aggregated in its entirety within the Forensic and Litigation Consulting reportable segment. Prior period Corporate Finance/Restructuring and Forensic and Litigation Consulting segment information has been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

We evaluate the performance of our operating segments based on Adjusted Segment EBITDA. We define Adjusted Segment EBITDA as a segment’s share of consolidated operating income (loss) before depreciation, amortization of intangible assets, special charges and goodwill impairment charges. We define Total Adjusted Segment EBITDA as the total of Adjusted Segment EBITDA for all segments, which excludes unallocated corporate expenses. Although Adjusted Segment EBITDA is not a measure of financial condition or performance determined in accordance with GAAP, we use Adjusted Segment EBITDA to internally evaluate the financial performance of our segments because we believe it is a useful supplemental measure which reflects current core operating performance and provides an indicator of the segment’s ability to generate cash.

The table below presents revenues and Adjusted Segment EBITDA for our reportable segments for the three years ended December 31, 2013:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Revenues
Corporate Finance/Restructuring	$	382,526	$	394,719	$	364,409
Forensic and Litigation Consulting		433,632		407,586		428,730
Economic Consulting		447,366		391,622		353,981
Technology		202,663		195,194		218,738
Strategic Communications		186,245		187,750		200,910

Total revenues	$	1,652,432	$	1,576,871	$	1,566,768

Adjusted Segment EBITDA
Corporate Finance/Restructuring	$	78,797	$	101,137	$	84,933
Forensic and Litigation Consulting		76,422		60,572		81,885
Economic Consulting		92,204		77,461		67,028
Technology		60,655		57,203		77,011
Strategic Communications		18,737		25,019		26,801

Total Adjusted Segment EBITDA ⁽¹⁾	$	326,815	$	321,392	$	337,658

⁽¹⁾	Total Adjusted Segment EBITDA is the total of Adjusted Segment EBITDA for all segments.

114

The table below reconciles Total Adjusted Segment EBITDA to income before income tax provision. Unallocated corporate expenses include primarily indirect costs related to centrally managed administrative functions which have not been allocated to the segments. These administrative costs include costs related to executive management, legal, corporate office support costs, information technology, accounting, marketing, human resources, and company-wide business development functions.


	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Total Adjusted Segment EBITDA ⁽¹⁾	$	326,815		$	321,392		$	337,658
Segment depreciation expense		(28,203	)		(25,058	)		(23,620	)
Amortization of intangible assets		(22,954	)		(22,407	)		(22,371	)
Special charges		(38,414	)		(29,557	)		(15,212	)
Goodwill impairment charge		(83,752	)		(110,387	)		—
Unallocated corporate expenses, excluding special charges		(72,053	)		(74,947	)		(71,008	)
Interest income and other		1,748			5,659			6,304
Interest expense		(51,376	)		(56,731	)		(58,624	)
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		—			(4,850	)		—

Income before income tax provision	$	31,811		$	3,114		$	153,127

⁽¹⁾	Total Adjusted Segment EBITDA is the total of Adjusted Segment EBITDA for all segments.

The table below presents assets by segment. Segment assets primarily include accounts and notes receivable, fixed assets purchased specifically for the segment, goodwill and other intangible assets:


	December 31,
	2013		2012
Corporate Finance/Restructuring	$	669,027	$	653,998
Forensic and Litigation Consulting		444,850		397,879
Economic Consulting		487,549		477,430
Technology		208,612		203,117
Strategic Communications		267,884		342,198

Total segment assets		2,077,922		2,074,622
Unallocated corporate assets		287,025		200,830

Total assets	$	2,364,947	$	2,275,452

The table below details information on our revenues for the three years ended December 31, 2013. Revenues have been attributed to location based on the location of the legal entity generating the revenue:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
United States	$	1,208,978	$	1,171,805	$	1,187,661
United Kingdom		194,614		179,643		173,620
All foreign countries		248,840		225,423		205,487

Total revenue	$	1,652,432	$	1,576,871	$	1,566,768

We do not have a single customer that represents ten percent or more of our consolidated revenues.

115

The table below details information on our long-lived assets and net assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012 attributed to geographic location based on the location of the legal entity holding the assets:


	December 31, 2013						December 31, 2012
	United States		United Kingdom		All foreign countries		United States		United Kingdom		All foreign countries
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation	$	50,351	$	16,931	$	11,725	$	53,889	$	5,033	$	9,270
Net assets	$	504,963	$	220,951	$	316,345	$	534,680	$	255,952	$	277,600

20. Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information

Substantially all of our domestic subsidiaries are guarantors of borrowings under our senior bank credit facility and senior notes. The guarantees are full and unconditional and joint and several. All of our guarantors are 100% owned, direct or indirect, subsidiaries.

The following financial information presents condensed consolidating balance sheets, statements of comprehensive income (loss) and statements of cash flows for FTI Consulting, all the guarantor subsidiaries, all the non-guarantor subsidiaries and the eliminations necessary to arrive at the consolidated information for FTI Consulting and its subsidiaries. For purposes of this presentation, we have accounted for our investments in our subsidiaries using the equity method of accounting. The principal eliminating entries eliminate investment in subsidiary and intercompany balances and transactions.

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet Information as of December 31, 2013


	FTI Consulting, Inc.		Guarantor Subsidiaries		Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries		Eliminations			Consolidated
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	111,943	$	494	$	93,396	$	—		$	205,833
Accounts receivable, net		154,357		162,505		159,583		—			476,445
Intercompany receivables		—		820,158		18,881		(839,039	)		—
Other current assets		68,292		20,932		32,359		—			121,583

Total current assets		334,592		1,004,089		304,219		(839,039	)		803,861
Property and equipment, net		31,304		19,047		28,656		—			79,007
Goodwill		559,820		408,903		250,010		—			1,218,733
Other intangible assets, net		33,746		19,534		72,221		(28,353	)		97,148
Investments in subsidiaries		1,772,130		498,001		—		(2,270,131	)		—
Other assets		75,561		56,949		33,688		—			166,198

Total assets	$	2,807,153	$	2,006,523	$	688,794	$	(3,137,523	)	$	2,364,947

Liabilities
Intercompany payables	$	709,628	$	74,813	$	54,598	$	(839,039	)	$	—
Other current liabilities		154,049		114,883		115,398		—			384,330

Total current liabilities		863,677		189,696		169,996		(839,039	)		384,330
Long-term debt, net		700,000		11,000		—		—			711,000
Other liabilities		201,217		15,009		11,132		—			227,358

Total liabilities		1,764,894		215,705		181,128		(839,039	)		1,322,688
Stockholders' equity		1,042,259		1,790,818		507,666		(2,298,484	)		1,042,259

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$	2,807,153	$	2,006,523	$	688,794	$	(3,137,523	)	$	2,364,947

116

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet Information as of December 31, 2012


	FTI Consulting, Inc.		Guarantor Subsidiaries		Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries		Eliminations			Consolidated
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	66,663	$	610	$	89,512	$	—		$	156,785
Accounts receivable, net		140,254		149,253		139,733		—			429,240
Intercompany receivables		7,053		674,136		23,185		(704,374	)		—
Other current assets		46,978		20,469		20,903		—			88,350

Total current assets		260,948		844,468		273,333		(704,374	)		674,375
Property and equipment, net		37,411		16,477		14,304		—			68,192
Goodwill		558,473		418,789		282,773		—			1,260,035
Other intangible assets, net		36,826		23,975		74,967		(31,587	)		104,181
Investments in subsidiaries		1,631,243		502,954		—		(2,134,197	)		-
Other assets		85,109		66,170		28,318		(10,928	)		168,669

Total assets	$	2,610,010	$	1,872,833	$	673,695	$	(2,881,086	)	$	2,275,452

Liabilities
Intercompany payables	$	549,339	$	112,137	$	42,898	$	(704,374	)	$	—
Other current liabilities		118,865		79,533		105,799		—			304,197

Total current liabilities		668,204		191,670		148,697		(704,374	)		304,197
Long-term debt, net		700,024		17,000		—		—			717,024
Other liabilities		173,550		10,479		12,898		(10,928	)		185,999

Total liabilities		1,541,778		219,149		161,595		(715,302	)		1,207,220
Stockholders’ equity		1,068,232		1,653,684		512,100		(2,165,784	)		1,068,232

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	2,610,010	$	1,872,833	$	673,695	$	(2,881,086	)	$	2,275,452

Condensed Consolidating Income (Loss) Statement for the Year Ended December 31, 2013


	FTI Consulting, Inc.			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Revenues	$	593,644		$	985,398		$	453,272		$	(379,882	)	$	1,652,432
Operating expenses
Direct cost of revenues		382,066			745,227			292,214			(377,446	)		1,042,061
Selling, general and administrative expense		166,014			110,485			120,618			(2,436	)		394,681
Special charges		34,338			112			3,964			—			38,414
Acquisition-related contingent consideration		416			653			(11,938	)		—			(10,869	)
Amortization of other intangible assets		4,504			10,211			11,472			(3,233	)		22,954
Goodwill impairment charge		—			30,321			53,431			—			83,752

		587,338			897,009			469,761			(383,115	)		1,570,993

Operating income (loss)		6,306			88,389			(16,489	)		3,233			81,439
Other (expense) income		(61,461	)		(5,947	)		17,780			—			(49,628	)

Income before (loss) before income tax provision		(55,155	)		82,442			1,291			3,233			31,811

Income tax (benefit) provision		(24,654	)		53,543			13,516			—			42,405
Equity in net earnings of subsidiaries		19,907			(17,744	)		—			(2,163	)		—

Net income (loss)	$	(10,594	)	$	11,155		$	(12,225	)	$	1,070		$	(10,594	)

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments including tax expense of $0		(60	)		—			(9,660	)		—			(9,720	)

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:		(60	)		—			(9,660	)		—			(9,720	)

Comprehensive income (loss)	$	(10,654	)	$	11,155		$	(21,885	)	$	1,070		$	(20,314	)

117

Condensed Consolidating Income (Loss) Statement for the Year Ended December 31, 2012


	FTI Consulting, Inc.			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Revenues	$	602,917		$	949,545		$	413,739		$	(389,330	)	$	1,576,871
Operating expenses
Direct cost of revenues		389,619			713,305			261,936			(384,328	)		980,532
Selling, general and administrative expense		160,919			112,697			109,402			(5,002	)		378,016
Special charges		19,026			4,738			5,793			—			29,557
Acquisition-related contingent consideration		91			—			(3,155	)		—			(3,064	)
Amortization of other intangible assets		5,611			9,927			10,167			(3,298	)		22,407
Goodwill impairment charge		—			37,987			72,400			—			110,387

		575,266			878,654			456,543			(392,628	)		1,517,835

Operating income (loss)		27,651			70,891			(42,804	)		3,298			59,036
Other (expense) income		(65,698	)		42,424			2,237			(34,885	)		(55,922	)

Income before (loss) before income tax provision		(38,047	)		113,315			(40,567	)		(31,587	)		3,114

Income tax (benefit) provision		(1,698	)		47,623			(5,825	)		—			40,100
Equity in net earnings of subsidiaries		(637	)		(30,438	)		—			31,075			—

Net income (loss)	$	(36,986	)	$	35,254		$	(34,742	)	$	(512	)	$	(36,986	)

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments including tax expense of $654		(654	)		—			15,677			—			15,023

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:		(654	)		—			15,677			—			15,023

Comprehensive income (loss)	$	(37,640	)	$	35,254		$	(19,065	)	$	(512	)	$	(21,963	)

Condensed Consolidating Income Statement for the Year Ended December 31, 2011


	FTI Consulting, Inc.			Guarantor Subsidiaries		Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Revenues	$	584,833		$	1,000,419	$	384,779		$	(403,263	)	$	1,566,768
Operating expenses
Direct cost of revenues		380,479			718,826		249,126			(391,523	)		956,908
Selling, general and administrative expense		160,336			123,488		101,211			(11,740	)		373,295
Special charges		8,561			228		6,423			—			15,212
Acquisition-related contingent consideration		—			—		(6,465	)		—			(6,465	)
Amortization of other intangible assets		3,713			12,103		6,555			—			22,371

		553,089			854,645		356,850			(403,263	)		1,361,321

Operating income		31,744			145,774		27,929			—			205,447
Other (expense) income		(53,649	)		1,195		134			—			(52,320	)

Income before (loss) before income tax provision		(21,905	)		146,969		28,063			—			153,127

Income tax (benefit) provision		(12,776	)		61,091		909			—			49,224
Equity in net earnings of subsidiaries		113,032			25,310		—			(138,342	)		—

Net income	$	103,903		$	111,188	$	27,154		$	(138,342	)	$	103,903

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments including tax benefit of $1,568		1,568			—		(4,470	)		—			(2,902	)

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:		1,568			—		(4,470	)		—			(2,902	)

Comprehensive income	$	105,471		$	111,188	$	22,684		$	(138,342	)	$	101,001

118

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2013


	FTI Consulting, Inc.			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidated
Operating activities
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	(37,166	)	$	178,234		$	52,203		$	193,271

Investing activities
Payments for acquisition of businesses, net of cash received		(12,555	)		(7,157	)		(35,786	)		(55,498	)
Purchases of property and equipment		(4,296	)		(17,507	)		(20,741	)		(42,544	)
Purchases of investments		—			—			(5,094	)		(5,094	)
Other		45			—			—			45

Net cash used in investing activities		(16,806	)		(24,664	)		(61,621	)		(103,091	)

Financing activities
Payments of long-term debt and capital lease obligations		—			(6,000	)		(21	)		(6,021	)
Purchase and retirement of common stock		(66,763	)		—			—			(66,763	)
Net issuance of common stock under equity compensation plans		29,392			—			—			29,392
Other		1,515			—			(1,252	)		263
Intercompany transfers		135,108			(147,686	)		12,578			—

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		99,252			(153,686	)		11,305			(43,129	)

Effects of exchange rate changes and fair value adjustments on cash and cash equivalents		—			—			1,997			1,997

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		45,280			(116	)		3,884			49,048
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year		66,663			610			89,512			156,785

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year	$	111,943		$	494		$	93,396		$	205,833

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2012


	FTI Consulting, Inc.			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidated
Operating activities
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	(63,218	)	$	172,578		$	10,828		$	120,188

Investing activities
Payments for acquisition of businesses, including contingent payments, net of cash received		(41,722	)		—			(21,171	)		(62,893	)
Purchases of property and equipment		(8,310	)		(15,689	)		(3,760	)		(27,759	)
Other		246			—			—			246

Net cash used in investing activities		(49,786	)		(15,689	)		(24,931	)		(90,406	)

Financing activities
Borrowings under revolving line of credit		75,000			—			—			75,000
Payments of revolving line of credit		(75,000	)		—			—			(75,000	)
Payments of long-term debt and capital lease obligations		(377,810	)		(49	)		—			(377,859	)
Issuance of debt securities, net		292,608			—			—			292,608
Purchase and retirement of common stock		(50,032	)		—			—			(50,032	)
Net issuance of common stock under equity compensation plans		1,598			—			—			1,598
Other		(2,441	)		—			(2,120	)		(4,561	)
Intercompany transfers		154,564			(156,427	)		1,863			—

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		18,487			(156,476	)		(257	)		(138,246	)

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents		—			—			826			826

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents		(94,517	)		413			(13,534	)		(107,638	)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year		161,180			197			103,046			264,423

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year	$	66,663		$	610		$	89,512		$	156,785

119

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2011


	FTI Consulting, Inc.			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidated
Operating activities
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	206,672		$	(40,834	)	$	7,990		$	173,828

Investing activities
Payments for acquisition of businesses, net of cash received		(33,735	)		—			(28,611	)		(62,346	)
Purchases of property and equipment and other		(9,868	)		(13,829	)		(7,605	)		(31,302	)

Net cash used in investing activities		(43,603	)		(13,829	)		(36,216	)		(93,648	)

Financing activities
Borrowings under revolving line of credit		25,000			—			—			25,000
Payments of revolving line of credit		(25,000	)		—			—			(25,000	)
Payments of long-term debt and capital lease obligations		(6,788	)		(206	)		—			(6,994	)
Cash received for settlement of interest rate swaps		5,596			—			—			5,596
Purchase and retirement of common stock		(209,400	)		—			—			(209,400	)
Net issuance of common stock under equity compensation plans		11,109			—			—			11,109
Other		960			—			—			960
Intercompany transfers		(96,104	)		53,636			42,468			—

Net cash (used in) financing activities		(294,627	)		53,430			42,468			(198,729	)

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents		—			—			(1,598	)		(1,598	)

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents		(131,558	)		(1,233	)		12,644			(120,147	)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year		292,738			1,430			90,402			384,570

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year	$	161,180		$	197		$	103,046		$	264,423

120

21. Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)


	Quarter Ended
	March 31			June 30			September 30			December 31
2013
Revenues		407,178			414,613			414,643		$	415,998

Operating expenses
Direct cost of revenues		258,480			259,528			255,152			268,901
Selling, general and administrative expenses		96,647			96,325			94,513			107,196
Special charges		427			—			10,419			27,568
Acquisition-related contingent consideration		731			(7,452	)		630			(4,778	)
Amortization of other intangible assets		5,564			5,953			5,776			5,661
Goodwill impairment charge		—			—			83,752			—

		361,849			354,354			450,242			404,548

Operating income (loss)		45,329			60,259			(35,599	)		11,450
Interest income and other		937			(387	)		1,152			46
Interest expense		(12,715	)		(13,071	)		(12,814	)		(12,776	)

Income (loss) before income tax provision		33,551			46,801			(47,261	)		(1,280	)
Income tax provision		9,871			23,315			3,360			5,859

Net income (loss)		23,680			23,486			(50,621	)		(7,139	)

Earnings (loss) per common share — basic	$	0.60		$	0.60		$	(1.29	)	$	(0.18	)

Earnings (loss) per common share — diluted	$	0.58		$	0.58		$	(1.29	)	$	(0.18	)

Weighted average common shares outstanding
Basic		39,403			39,143			39,094			39,115

Diluted		40,620			40,293			39,094			39,115


	Quarter Ended
	March 31			June 30			September 30			December 31
2012
Revenues		395,228			396,243			386,055			399,345

Operating expenses
Direct cost of revenues		245,618			248,220			241,614			245,080
Selling, general and administrative expenses		102,589			92,460			88,909			94,058
Special charges		—			26,782			2,775			—
Acquisition-related contingent consideration		557			(3,541	)		403			(483	)
Amortization of other intangible assets		5,517			5,490			5,766			5,634
Goodwill impairment charge		—			—			—			110,387

		354,281			369,411			339,467			454,676

Operating income (loss)		40,947			26,832			46,588			(55,331	)
Interest income and other		3,282			(363	)		1,584			1,156
Interest expense		(15,204	)		(15,195	)		(13,208	)		(13,124	)
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		—			—			—			(4,850	)

Income before income tax provision		29,025			11,274			34,964			(72,149	)
Income tax provision		10,594			3,527			12,251			13,728

Net income (loss)		18,431			7,747			22,713			(85,877	)

Earnings (loss) per common share — basic	$	0.46		$	0.19		$	0.56		$	(2.15	)

Earnings (loss) per common share — diluted	$	0.43		$	0.18		$	0.55		$	(2.15	)

Weighted average common shares outstanding
Basic		40,358			40,592			40,387			39,913

Diluted		43,185			42,074			41,102			39,913

The sum of the quarterly earnings per share amounts may not equal the annual amounts due to changes in the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during each quarterly period.

121

ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

An evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K was made under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. Based upon this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (a) are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act is timely recorded, processed, summarized and reported and (b) include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting is included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2013 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION

None

122

PART III

Certain information required in Part III is omitted from this report, but is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, pursuant to Regulation 14A with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information contained in our proxy statement under the captions “Information About the Board of Directors and Committees,” “Corporate Governance,” “Executive Officers and Compensation,” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” is incorporated herein by reference.

We have adopted the FTI Consulting, Inc. Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, or Code of Ethics, which applies to our chairman of the board, president, chief executive officer, chief financial officer, corporate controller and our other financial professionals, as well as our chief operating officer, chief administrative officer, general counsel and chief risk officer and our other officers, directors, employees and independent contractors. The Code of Ethics is publicly available on our website at http://www.fticonsulting.com. If we make any substantive amendments to the Code of Ethics or grant any waiver, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the Code of Ethics to our chairman of the board, president, chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief financial officer, corporate controller or persons performing similar functions, other executive officers or directors, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on that website or in a report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC. We will provide a copy of our Code of Ethics without charge upon request to our Corporate Secretary, FTI Consulting, Inc., 2 Hamill Road, North Building, Baltimore, Maryland 21210.

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information contained in our proxy statement under the caption “Executive Officers and Compensation” is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information contained in our proxy statement under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption “Part II—Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities—Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans” is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information contained in our proxy statement under the captions “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” “Information About the Board of Directors and Committees” and “Corporate Governance” is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information contained in our proxy statement under the caption “Principal Accountant Fees and Services” is incorporated herein by reference.

123

PART IV

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE


(a)	(1)	The following financial statements are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
		Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
		Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Internal Control over Financial Reporting
		Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Consolidated Financial Statements
		Consolidated Balance Sheets — December 31, 2013 and 2012
		Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) — Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
		Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity — Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
		Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
		Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
	(2)	The following financial statement schedule is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
		Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
		All schedules, other than the schedule listed above, are omitted as the information is not required or is otherwise furnished.

124

FTI Consulting, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(in thousands)


Description	Balance at Beginning of Period		Additions				Deductions**		Balance at End of Period
Description	Balance at Beginning of Period		Charged to Expense		Charged to Other Accounts*		Deductions**		Balance at End of Period
Year Ended December 31, 2013
Reserves and allowances deducted from asset accounts:
Allowance for doubtful accounts and unbilled services	$	94,048	$	13,335	$	20,463	$	18,573	$	109,273

Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset	$	1,939	$	8,262	$	—	$	—	$	10,201

Year Ended December 31, 2012
Reserves and allowances deducted from asset accounts:
Allowance for doubtful accounts and unbilled services	$	80,096	$	14,179	$	13,054	$	13,281	$	94,048

Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset	$	886	$	1,053	$	—	$	—	$	1,939

Year Ended December 31, 2011
Reserves and allowances deducted from asset accounts:
Allowance for doubtful accounts and unbilled services	$	63,205	$	12,586	$	18,607	$	14,302	$	80,096

Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset	$	—	$	886	$	—	$	—	$	886

*	Includes estimated provision for unbilled services recorded as a reduction to revenues (i.e., fee, rate and other adjustments).

**	Includes estimated direct write-offs of uncollectible and unrealizable accounts receivable.


Exhibit Number		Description of Exhibits
3.1		Articles of Incorporation of FTI Consulting, Inc., as amended and restated. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 23, 2003 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 21, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.)

3.2		By-laws of FTI Consulting, Inc., as amended and restated through September 17, 2004. (Filed with the SEC on November 9, 2004 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.)

3.3		Amendment No. 6 to By-Laws of FTI Consulting, Inc. dated as of December 18, 2008. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 22, 2008 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 18, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.)

3.4		Amendment No. 7 to By-Laws of FTI Consulting, Inc. dated as of February 25, 2009. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 3, 2009 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 25, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.)

3.5		Articles of Amendment dated June 1, 2011 to Charter of FTI Consulting, Inc. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 2, 2011 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 1, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.)

125


Exhibit Number		Description of Exhibits
3.6		Bylaws of FTI Consulting, Inc., as Amended and Restated on June 1, 2011. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 2, 2011 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 1, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.)

3.7		Amendment No. 1 to Bylaws of FTI Consulting, Inc. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 16, 2013 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 13, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.)

4.1		Indenture, dated September 27, 2010, among FTI Consulting, Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, relating to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s 6³/₄% Senior Notes due 2020. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 27, 2010 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 28, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.)

4.2		Form of 6³/₄% Senior Notes due 2020 (included in Exhibit 4.35). (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 27, 2010 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 28, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.)

4.3		Form of Notation of Guarantee (included in Exhibit 4.35). (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 27, 2010 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 28, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.)

4.4		Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 27, 2010, among FTI Consulting, Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Banc of America Securities LLC. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 27, 2010 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 28, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.)

4.5		First Supplemental Indenture relating to the 6³/₄% Senior Notes due 2020, dated as of July 10, 2012, by and among FTI Consulting, Inc., the other Guarantors, Sports Analytics LLC, a Maryland limited liability company, and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 8, 2012 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.)

4.6		Indenture, dated as of November 27, 2012, among FTI Consulting, Inc., the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, relating to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s 6.0% Senior Notes due 2022. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 29, 2012 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 27, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.)

4.7		Form of Notation of Guarantee of 6.0% Senior Notes due 2022 (included in Exhibit 4.2 to the Indenture, dated as of November 27, 2012, among FTI Consulting, Inc., the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, relating to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s 6.0% Senior Notes due 2022 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 29, 2012 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 27, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.)

4.8		Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 27, 2012, among FTI Consulting, Inc., the guarantors party thereto and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 29, 2012 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 27, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.)

4.9		Second Supplemental Indenture relating to the 6³/₄% Senior Notes due 2020, dated as of May 15, 2013, by and among FTI Consulting, Inc., FTI Consulting (Government Affairs) LLC, FTI Consulting Realty LLC and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee. (Filed with Securities and Exchange Commission on May 22, 2013 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 dated May 22, 2013 and incorporate herein by reference.)

126


Exhibit Number		Description of Exhibits
4.10		First Supplemental Indenture relating to the 6.0% Senior Notes due 2022, dated as of May 15, 2013, by and among FTI Consulting, Inc., FTI Consulting (Government Affairs) LLC, FTI Consulting Realty LLC and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. (Filed with Securities and Exchange Commission on May 22, 2013 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 dated May 22, 2013 and incorporate herein by reference.)

4.11		Third Supplemental Indenture relating to the 6³/₄% Senior Notes due 2020, dated as of August 16, 2013, by and among FTI Consulting, Inc., FTI Consulting Acuity LLC and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee. (Filed with Securities and Exchange Commission on November 8, 2013 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended September 30, 2013 and incorporate herein by reference.)

4.12		Second Supplemental Indenture relating to the 6.0% Senior Notes due 2022, dated as of August 16, 2013, by and among FTI Consulting, Inc., FTI Consulting Acuity LLC and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. (Filed with Securities and Exchange Commission on November 8, 2013 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended September 30, 2013 and incorporate herein by reference.)

10.1 *		Employment Agreement dated as of November 5, 2002, between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Jack B. Dunn, IV. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2003 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.2 *		Employment Agreement dated September 20, 2004 between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Dennis J. Shaughnessy. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2004 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.3 *		Restricted Stock Agreement between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Dennis J. Shaughnessy dated October 18, 2004. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2004 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.4 *		Incentive Stock Option Agreement between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Dennis J. Shaughnessy dated October 18, 2004. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2004 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 filed and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.5 *		Amendment dated September 23, 2004 to the Employment Agreement dated November 5, 2002 between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Jack B. Dunn, IV. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 filed with the SEC on November 9, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.6 *		Restricted Stock Agreement between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Jack B. Dunn, IV, dated September 23, 2004. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2004 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.7 *		FTI Consulting, Inc. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as Amended and Restated as of April 27, 2005. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 24, 2005 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 18, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.8 *		Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement used with 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2004 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.)

127


Exhibit Number		Description of Exhibits
10.9 *		Form of Restricted Stock Agreement used with 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2004 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.10 *		Incentive Stock Option Agreement between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Jack B. Dunn, IV, dated as of October 28, 2004. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 24, 2005 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 24, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.11 *		Incentive Stock Option Agreement between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Jack B. Dunn, IV, dated as of February 17, 2005. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 24, 2005 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 24, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.12 *		FTI Consulting, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan, established effective April 27, 2005. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 24, 2005 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 18, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.13 *		Form of FTI Consulting, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan Stock Option Agreement. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 24, 2005 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 18, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.14 *		Form of FTI Consulting, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan Restricted Stock Agreement. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 24, 2005 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 18, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.15 *		Form of FTI Consulting, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan Stock Unit Agreement. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 24, 2005 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 18, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.16 *		Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement used with 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 13, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.17 *		Amendment to FTI Consulting, Inc. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as Amended and Restated effective April 27, 2005. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 31, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.18 *		Amendment dated as of June 6, 2006 to the FTI Consulting, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 7, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 7, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.19 *		Amendment dated as of June 6, 2006 to the FTI Consulting, Inc. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as Amended and Restated Effective as of April 27, 2005, as further amended. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 7, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 7, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.20 *		FTI Consulting, Inc. 2006 Global Long-Term Incentive Plan. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, on June 6, 2006 as exhibit 4.3 to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (333-134789) and incorporated herein by reference.)

128


Exhibit Number		Description of Exhibits
10.21 *		Form of FTI Consulting, Inc. 2006 Global Long-Term Incentive Plan Incentive Stock Option Agreement. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 6, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (333-134789) and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.22 *		Form of FTI Consulting, Inc. 2006 Global Long-Term Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Agreement. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 6, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (333-134789) and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.23 *		FTI Consulting, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees and Non-Employee Directors. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 28, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.24 *		Form of FTI Consulting, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan For Key Employees and Non-Employee Directors Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Non-Employee Directors. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 6, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (333-134790) and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.25 *		Form of FTI Consulting, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan For Key Employees and Non-Employee Directors Stock Unit Agreement for Non-Employee Directors. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 6, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (333-134790) and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.26 *		FTI Consulting, Inc. 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 28, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.27 *		Offer Letter dated May 17, 2005 to and accepted by David G. Bannister. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 9, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 6, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.28 *		FTI Consulting, Inc. 2006 Global Long-Term Incentive Plan, Amended and Restated Effective October 25, 2006. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 26, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 25, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.29 *		FTI Consulting, Inc. 2006 Global Long-Term Incentive Plan/Appendix II: Australian Sub-Plan. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 15, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-139407) and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.30 *		FTI Consulting, Inc. 2006 Global Long-Term Incentive Plan/Appendix III: Ireland Sub-Plan. (Filed with the Securities Exchange Commission on December 15, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-139407) and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.31 *		FTI Consulting, Inc. 2006 Global Long-Term Incentive Plan/Appendix IV: United Kingdom Sub-Plan. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 15, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-139407) and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.32 *		FTI Consulting, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan Stock Option Agreement under FTI Consulting, Inc. 2006 Global Long-Term Incentive Plan. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 13, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 11, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.)

129


Exhibit Number		Description of Exhibits
10.33 *		FTI Consulting, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan Restricted Stock Agreement under FTI Consulting, Inc. 2006 Global Long-Term Incentive Plan. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 13, 2006 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 11, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.34 *		FTI Consulting, Inc. Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under FTI Consulting, Inc. 2006 Global Long-Term Incentive Plan. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 9, 2007 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.35 *		Amendment No. 1 made and entered into as of April 23, 2007 to the Employment Agreement dated as of September 20, 2004, by and between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Dennis J. Shaughnessy. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2007 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 23, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.36 *		FTI Consulting, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan Amended and Restated Effective as of February 20, 2008. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 7, 2008 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended March 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.38 *		FTI Consulting, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan For Key Employees and Non-Employee Directors Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Non-Employee Directors Under the Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan, as Amended and Restated Effective as of February 20, 2008. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 7, 2008 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended March 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.39 *		FTI Consulting, Inc. 2006 Global Long-Term Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Agreement Under the Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan, as Amended and Restated Effective as of February 20, 2008. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 7, 2008 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended March 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.40 *		FTI Consulting, Inc. 2006 Global Long-Term Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Agreement Under the Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan, as Amended and Restated Effective as of February 20, 2008. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 7, 2008 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended March 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.41 *		FTI Consulting, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees and Non-Employee Directors [Amended and Restated Effective as of May 14, 2008]. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2008 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended June 30, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.42 *		Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under the Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan, as Amended and Restated Effective as of February 20, 2008. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2008 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended June 30, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.43 *		Form of Stock Unit Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under the Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan, as Amended and Restated Effective as of February 20, 2008. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2008 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended June 30, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.)

130


Exhibit Number		Description of Exhibits
10.44 *		Form of FTI Consulting, Inc. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan Incentive Stock Option Agreement. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2008 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended June 30, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.45 *		FTI Consulting, Inc. 2006 Global Long-Term Incentive Plan [Amended and Restated Effective as of May 14, 2008]. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2008 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended June 30, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.46 *		Form of FTI Consulting, Inc. 2006 Global Long-Term Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Agreement Under the Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan, as Amended and Restated Effective as of February 20, 2008. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2008 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended June 30, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.47 *		Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the FTI Consulting, Inc. 2006 Global Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended and restated. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 6, 2008 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.48 * **		Amendment No. 2 effective as of August 11, 2008 to the Employment Agreement dated November 5, 2002 between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Jack B. Dunn, IV. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 6, 2008 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.49 *		Amendment No. 3 as of December 31, 2008 to the Employment Agreement dated November 5, 2002 between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Jack B. Dunn, IV. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.50 *		Amendment No. 2 as of December 31, 2008 to the Employment Agreement dated as of September 20, 2004, by and between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Dennis J. Shaughnessy. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.51 *		Employment Letter dated as of December 31, 2008 to and accepted by Roger Carlile. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.52 *		Offer Letter dated April 26, 2006 to and accepted by Eric B. Miller. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.53 *		Amendment made and entered into as of December 31, 2008 to Offer Letter dated April 26, 2006 to and accepted by Eric B. Miller. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.54 *		Amendment No. 1 dated March 31, 2009 to the FTI Consulting, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan (Amended and Restated Effective as of February 20, 2008). (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 5, 2009 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.)

131


Exhibit Number		Description of Exhibits
10.55 * **		Amendment No. 3 to Employment Agreement made and entered into as of January 2, 2009 by and between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Dennis J. Shaughnessy. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 5, 2009 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.56 *		FTI Consulting, Inc. 2009 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 23, 2009 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Definitive Proxy Statement and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.57 *		Form of FTI Consulting, Inc. 2009 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan Incentive Stock Option Agreement. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 3, 2009 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 3, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.58 *		Form of FTI Consulting, Inc. 2009 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan Restricted Stock Agreement. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 3, 2009 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 3, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.59 *		Form of FTI Consulting, Inc. 2009 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Non-Employee Directors. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 3, 2009 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 3, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.60 *		Form of FTI Consulting, Inc. 2009 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan Stock Unit Agreement for Non-Employee Directors. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 3, 2009 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 3, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.61 *		Form of FTI Consulting, Inc. 2009 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan Restricted Stock Agreement for Non-Employee Directors. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 3, 2009 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 3, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.62 *		Form of FTI Consulting, Inc. 2009 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 3, 2009 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 3, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.63 *		FTI Consulting, Inc. 2009 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan Cash-Based Performance Award Agreement. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 29, 2010 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 25, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.64 *		FTI Consulting, Inc. 2009 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan [as Amended and Restated Effective as of June 2, 2010. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 23, 2010 as Appendix A to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Definitive Proxy Statement dated April 23, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.65 *		Offer Letter, as amended, dated March 23, 2010, between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Eric B. Miller. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 6, 2010 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.66 *		Amendment No. 4 dated as of June 2, 2010 to Employment Agreement dated as of November 5, 2002, as amended, by and between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Jack B. Dunn, IV. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 8, 2010 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 2, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.)

132


Exhibit Number		Description of Exhibits
10.67 *		Amendment No. 4 dated as of June 2, 2010 to Employment Agreement dated as of September 20, 2004, as amended, by and between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Dennis J. Shaughnessy. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 8, 2010 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 2, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.68 *		Amendment dated June 2, 2010 to Offer Letter dated May 17, 2005 to David G. Bannister. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 8, 2010 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 2, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.69 *		Amendment dated June 2, 2010 to Employment Letter dated December 31, 2008 to Roger D. Carlile. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 8, 2010 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 2, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.70 *		Second Amended Offer Letter dated June 2, 2010 to Eric B. Miller. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 5, 2010 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference).

10.71 *		Amendment No. 5 dated as of February 23, 2011 to Employment Agreement dated as of September 20, 2004, as amended, by and between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Dennis J. Shaughnessy. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 25, 2011 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (333-173096) and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.72 *		Amendment No. 5 dated as of February 23, 2011 to Employment Agreement dated as of November 5, 2002, as amended, by and between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Jack B. Dunn, IV. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 25, 2011 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (333-173096) and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.73 *		FTI Consulting, Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 18, 2011 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.77 *		Amendment No. 6 dated as of December 13, 2011, to Employment Agreement dated as of September 20, 2004, as amended, by and between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Dennis J. Shaughnessy. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 15, 2011 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 13, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.78 *		Amendment No. 6 dated as of April 5, 2012, to Employment Agreement dated as of November 5, 2002, as amended, by and between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Jack B. Dunn, IV. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 10, 2012 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 4, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.79 **		Credit Agreement, dated as of November 27, 2012, among FTI Consulting, Inc., the designated borrowers party thereto, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 29, 2012 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 27, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.80 **		Security Agreement, dated as of November 27, 2012, by and among grantors party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 29, 2012 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 27, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.)

133


Exhibit Number		Description of Exhibits
10.81 **		Pledge Agreement, dated as of November 27, 2012, by and among pledgors party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 29, 2012 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 27, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.82 *		Employment Agreement dated as of December 13, 2013, by and between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Steven Gunby. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 16, 2013 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 13, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.83 *		Amendment No. 7 dated December 13, 2013 to the Employment Agreement dated as of September 20, 2004, as amended, by and between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Dennis J. Shaughnessy. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 16, 2013 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 13, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.84 *		Separation Agreement dated as of December 13, 2013, by and between FTI Consulting, Inc. and Jack B. Dunn, IV. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 16, 2013 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 13, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.)

10.85† *		Amendment No. 1 to the FTI Consulting, Inc. 2009 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan

11.1 †		Computation of Earnings Per Share (included in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II — Item 8 herein).

14.0		FTI Consulting, Inc. Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, as amended and restated effective September 12, 2012. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 28, 2013 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.)

21.1†		Subsidiaries of FTI Consulting, Inc.

23.0†		Consent of KPMG LLP

31.1†		Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15D-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002).

31.2†		Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15D-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002).

32.1 †		Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 USC. Section 1350 (Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002).

32.2†		Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 USC. Section 1350 (Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002).

99.1†		Policy on Disclosure Controls, as amended and restated effective as of December 16, 2013.

99.2		Policy on Inside Information and Insider Trading, as amended and restated effective September 12, 2012. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 28, 2013 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.)

99.3		Corporate Governance Guidelines, as last amended and restated effective as of March 28, 2012. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 28, 2013 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.)

134


Exhibit Number		Description of Exhibits
99.5		Categorical Standards of Director Independence, as last amended and restated effective as of February 25, 2009. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 28, 2013 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.)

99.6		Charter of Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, as last amended and restated effective as of February 23, 2011. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 11, 2011 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A and incorporated herein by reference.)

99.7		Charter of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, as last amended and restated effective as of February 27, 2013. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 9, 2013 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-K for the quarter ended March 31, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.)

99.8		Charter of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, as last amended and restated effective as of December 16, 2009. (Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 26, 2010 as an exhibit to FTI Consulting, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.)

99.9		Anti-Corruption Policy, as amended and restated effective September 12, 2012.

101		The following financial information from the Annual Report on Form 10-K of FTI Consulting, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2013, furnished electronically herewith, and formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income; (iii) Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; and (v) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text.

*	Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

†	Filed herewith.

With certain exceptions that were specified at the time of initial filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, exhibits, schedules (or similar attachments) are not filed with the SEC. FTI Consulting, Inc. will furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted exhibit or schedule to the SEC upon request.

135

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned; thereunto duly authorized this 21^st day of February 2014.


FTI CONSULTING, INC.

By:		/s/ STEVEN H. GUNBY
Name:		Steven H. Gunby
Title:		President and Chief Executive Officer


SIGNATURE	CAPACITY IN WHICH SIGNED	DATE

/s/ STEVEN H. GUNBY Steven H. Gunby	Chief Executive Officer and President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	February 21, 2014

/s/ ROGER D. CARLILE Roger D. Carlile	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)	February 21, 2014

/s/ CATHERINE M. FREEMAN Catherine M. Freeman	Senior Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)	February 21, 2014

/s/ GERARD E. HOLTHAUS Gerard E. Holthaus	Director and Chairman of the Board	February 21, 2014

/s/ BRENDA J. BACON Brenda J. Bacon	Director	February 21, 2014

/s/ DENIS J. CALLAGHAN Denis J. Callaghan	Director	February 21, 2014

/s/ CLAUDIO COSTAMAGNA Claudio Costamagna	Director	February 21, 2014

/s/ JAMES W. CROWNOVER James W. Crownover	Director	February 21, 2014

/s/ VERNON ELLIS Vernon Ellis	Director	February 21, 2014

/s/ NICHOLAS C. FANANDAKIS Nicholas C. Fanandakis	Director	February 21, 2014

/s/ MARC HOLTZMAN Marc Holtzman	Director	February 21, 2014

136

EX-10.85

Exhibit 10.85

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO THE

FTI CONSULTING, INC.

2009 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

(AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE AS OF JUNE 2, 2010)

WHEREAS, FTI Consulting, Inc. (the “Company”) maintains the FTI Consulting, Inc. 2009 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan, amended and restated effective as of June 2, 2010 (the “Plan”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 11.1 of the Plan, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) may terminate, amend or modify the Plan or any portion hereof at any time; provided, however, that without the approval of the Company’s stockholders, no such amendment or modification shall be made that (i) would increase the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be granted under the Plan, in the aggregate, with respect to any type of Award, or with respect to any individual during any one calendar year, as provided in Section 9.1 of the Plan, in either case except as provided in Sections 9.2 through 9.5, or (ii) is required to be submitted to stockholders of the Company for approval pursuant to applicable law or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the New York Stock Exchange or any other governmental and from time to time, alter, amend, modify or terminate the Plan in whole or in part; and

WHEREAS, the Board desires to amend the Plan, effective as of the date hereof, as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Board takes the following action with regard to the Plan:

FIRST: Pursuant to Section 11.1 of the Plan, the Plan is hereby amended, effective as of the date hereof, by deleting Section 12.6 of the Plan and replacing it with new Section 12.6 to read in its entirety as follows:

“12.6 Nontransferability and Pledging. Unless the Committee shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine otherwise, no Award or interest of any person or entity in, or right to receive a distribution under, the Plan shall be subject in any manner to sale, transfer, assignment, or garnishment of any kind, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution; nor may such Award, interest or right to receive a distribution be taken, either voluntarily or involuntarily for the satisfaction of the debts of, or other obligations or claims against, such person or entity, including claims for alimony, support, separate maintenance and claims in bankruptcy proceedings. No Award and no right under any such Award, may be pledged, attached or otherwise encumbered or hypothecated other than in favor of the Company, and any purported pledge, attachment, encumbrance or hypothecation thereof other than in favor of the Company shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate, unless the Committee shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine otherwise.

SECOND: Except as specifically amended hereby, the Plan is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects and remains in full force and effect.


Amendment No. 1 Dated January 20, 2014		1

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

Schedule of Subsidiaries of FTI Consulting, Inc.


Name		Jurisdiction of Corporation
Compass Lexecon LLC [f/k/a Lexecon, LLC] [f/k/a LI Acquisition Company, LLC]		Maryland
Competition Policy Associates, Inc.		District of Columbia
FCN Holdings CV Dutch CV — LP		Netherlands
FD India Limited		England and Wales
FD MWA Holdings Inc.		Delaware
FD-CMM Mexico, S. de r.L. de C.V.		Mexico
Ferrier Hodgson Management Services Inc.		Philippines
FH Asset Management Corp.		Philippines
FH Corporate Services Inc.		Philippines
FTI Capital Advisors, LLC [f/k/a FTI Merger & Acquisition Advisors, LLC]		Maryland
FTI Commercial Consulting (Shanghai) Co. Ltd. [f/k/a — Ferrier Hodgson Commercial Consulting (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.]		Shanghai, China
FTI Consulting Acuity LLC		Maryland
FTI Consulting (Beijing) Co., Limited (f/k/a FD (Beijing) Consulting Co., Ltd.)		Beijing, China,
FTI Consulting — FD Australia Holdings Pty Ltd [f/k/a FD Australia Holdings Pty Ltd]		Victoria, Australia
FTI Consulting — Qatar LLC [f/k/a Dispute Resolution Consulting LLC]		Qatar
FTI Consulting (Asia) Ltd [f/k/a International Risk Limited]		Hong Kong
FTI Consulting (Australia) Pty Ltd		Australia
FTI Consulting (BVI) Limited [f/k/a FTI Forensic Accounting Limited] [f/k/a Forensic Accounting Limited]		British Virgin Islands
FTI Consulting (Cayman) Ltd		Cayman Islands
FTI Consulting (China) Ltd. [f/k/a Thompson Market Services (Shanghai) Co. Ltd]		China
FTI Consulting (CM) Limited [f/k/a K Capital Source Limited]		Ireland
FTI Consulting (Government Affairs) LLC		New York
FTI Consulting (Hong Kong) Limited		Hong Kong
FTI Consulting (Hong Kong) Services Four Limited [f/k/a Sun Easy Investment Limited]		Hong Kong
FTI Consulting (Hong Kong) Services One Limited [f/k/a Chater Secretaries Limited]		Hong Kong
FTI Consulting (Hong Kong) Services Three Limited [f/k/a Power Famous Limited]		Hong Kong
FTI Consulting (Hong Kong) Services Two Limited [f/k/a Lansdowne Nominees Limited]		Hong Kong
FTI Consulting (Ireland) Limited [f/k/a Financial Dynamics Ireland Ltd.]		Ireland


Name		Jurisdiction of Corporation
FTI Consulting (Perth) Pty Ltd [f/k/a FD PTY LIMITED] [f/k/a FD Third Person Perth Pty Limited] [f/k/a Kudos Consultants Pty Limited]		Australia
FTI Consulting (SC) Inc. [f/k/a FD U.S. Communications, Inc.]		New York
FTI Consulting (SC) Ltda. [f/k/a FD Gravitas Ltda.] [f/k/a Gravitas Comunicaciones Estrategicos Limitada]		Colombia
FTI Consulting (SC)(Hong Kong) Limited [f/k/a Financial Dynamics Asia Ltd.]		Hong Kong
FTI Consulting (Singapore) PTE. LTD. [f/k/a FS Asia Advisory Pte. LTD.]		Singapore
FTI Consulting (Strategic Communications) S.A.S. [f/k/a Financial Dynamics S.A.S.]		France
FTI Consulting (Sydney) Pty Ltd [f/k/a FD (Sydney) PTY LTD] [f/k/a FD Third Person Pty Limited] [f/k/a Third Person Communications Pty Limited]		Australia, New South Wales
FTI Consulting Administrative Services, Inc. (f/k/a — Ferrier Hodgson Philippines Inc.)		Philippines
FTI Consulting B.V. [f/k/a Irharo B.V.]		Netherlands
FTI Consulting Belgium SA [f/k/a Blueprint Partners SA]		Belgium
FTI Consulting Canada Inc. [f/k/a Watson, Edgar, Bishop, Meakin & Aquirre Inc.]		British Colombia, Canada
FTI Consulting Canada ULC		British Colombia, Canada
FTI Consulting Colombia S.A.S.		Colombia
FTI Consulting Deutschland GmbH		Germany
FTI Consulting Deutschland Holding GmbH [f/k/a Maia Neunundzwanzigste Vermögensverwaltungs-GmbH]		Germany
FTI Consulting Group Limited [f/k/a Financial Dynamics Ltd.]		England and Wales
FTI Consulting Gulf Limited [FD Gulf Limited] [f/k/a FD Dubai Limited]		England and Wales
FTI Consulting India Private Limited [f/k/a FD Communications India Private Limited]		India
FTI Consulting International Limited		British Virgin Islands
FTI Consulting LLC		Maryland
FTI Consulting LLP F/K/A — FTI Consulting Management LLP		England and Wales
FTI Consulting Management Limited F/K/A — FTI Consulting Limited F/K/A — Carmill Limited		England and Wales
FTI Consulting Management Ltd[f/k/a FTI Consulting (Asia) Limited] [f/k/a Baker Tilly Hong Kong Business Recovery Ltd] [f/k/a Baker Tilly Purserblade Asia Limited] [f/k/a Purserblade Asia Limited]		Hong Kong
FTI Consulting Management Solutions Limited (f/k/a Distinct Intelligence Limited)		Ireland
FTI Consulting Mexico S DE RL DE CV [f/k/a FDFTI Mexico S DE RL DE CV]		Mexico


Name		Jurisdiction of Corporation
FTI CONSULTING MEXICO SERVICES. S DE R.L. DE C.V.		Mexico
FTI Consulting Panama, SDAD. LTDA.		Panama
FTI Consulting Philippines (BVI) Limited [f/k/a FS Philippines Limited]		British Virgin Islands
FTI Consulting Pte Ltd. F/K/A International Risk (Singapore) Pte Ltd.		Singapore
FTI Consulting Realty LLC		New York
FTI Consulting Russia Limited [f/k/a FD Russia Limited]		England and Wales
FTI Consulting S.A.		Argentina
FTI Consulting SC GmbH [f/k/a Financial Dynamics GmbH] [f/k/a A & B Financial Dynamics gmbh]		Germany
FTI Consulting Services Limited [f/k/a FTI Forensic Accounting Limited] [f/k/a Forensic Accounting Partners Limited]		England and Wales
FTI Consulting Shanghai (BVI) Limited [f/k/a FS Shanghai Offshore Limited]		British Virgin Islands
FTI Consulting Solutions Limited [f/k/a Brewer Consulting Limited]		England And Wales
FTI Consulting South Africa (Pty) Ltd [f/k/a FD Media and Investor Relations Pty Ltd] [f/k/a Beachhead Media and Investor Relations (Proprietary) Limited]		S. Africa
FTI Consulting Spain, S.R.L.		Spain
FTI Consulting Technology (Sydney) Pty Ltd [f/k/a FTI Ringtail (AUST) PTY LTD] [f/k/a: FTI Australia Pty Ltd.]		Australia
FTI Consulting Technology LLC [f/k/a FTI Technology LLC ] [f/k/a FTI Repository Services, LLC ]		Maryland
FTI Consulting Technology Software Corp [f/k/a Attenex Corporation]		Washington
FTI Consultoria Ltda. [f/k/a FTI Holder Consultoria LTDA] [f/k/a FTI Holder Consultoria S.A.]* [f/k/a Arbok Holdings S.A.]		Brazil
FTI Director Services Limited [f/k/a FS Director Services Limited]		British Virgin Islands
FTI Director Services Number 2 Limited [f/k/a FS Director Services Number 2 Limited]		British Virgin Islands
FTI Director Services Number 3 Limited [f/k/a FS Director Services Number 3 Limited]		British Virgin Islands
FTI Financial Services Limited [f/k/a Hoodwell Limited]		England and Wales
FTI France		Paris, France
FTI General Partner (BVI) Limited		British Virgin Islands
FTI General Partner LLC		Maryland
FTI Hosting LLC		Maryland
FTI International LLC [f/k/a FTI FD LLC]		Maryland
FTI Investigations, LLC		Maryland
FTI Services Limited [f/k/a Total Sun Investments Limited]		British Virgin Islands
FTI UK Holdings Limited		England and Wales
FTI, LLC		Maryland


Name		Jurisdiction of Corporation
Gravitas Panama S.A.		Panama
IRL (Holdings) Limited		British Virgin Islands
Orion Technology Comercio e Servicos LTDA		Brazil
PT. FTI Consulting Indonesia		Indonesia
Sports Analytics LLC		Maryland
Tecnologia Servicos e Comercio de Equipamentos de Informática, LTDA		Brazil
The Lost City Estates S.A.		Panama
Thompson Market Services Limited		Hong Kong
WDScott (US) Inc.		New York

EX-23.0

Exhibit 23.0

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors

FTI Consulting, Inc.

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements No. 333-30173, 333-30357, 333-32160, 333-64050, 333-92384, 333-105741, 333-115786, 333-115787, 333-125104, 333-134793, 333-134790 and 333-167283 on Forms S-8, registration statement No. 333-129715 on Form S-3 and Registration Statement No. 333-173096 on Form S-4 of FTI Consulting, Inc. of our reports dated February 21, 2014, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of FTI Consulting, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity and cash flows, for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013 and related financial statement schedule, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, which reports appear in the December 31, 2013 Annual Report on Form 10-K of FTI Consulting, Inc.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Baltimore, Maryland

February 21, 2014

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

Certification of Principal Executive Officer

Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)

(Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)

I, Steven H. Gunby, certify that:

1.	I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of FTI Consulting, Inc.;

2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)

evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an Annual Report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 21, 2014

By:

/s/ STEVEN H. GUNBY

Steven H. Gunby

President and Chief Executive Officer

(principal executive officer)

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

Certification of Principal Financial Officer

Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)

(Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)

I, Roger D. Carlile, certify that:

1.	I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of FTI Consulting, Inc.;

2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

(b)

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 21, 2014

By:

/s/ ROGER D. CARLILE

Roger D. Carlile

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial officer)

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

Certification of Principal Executive Officer

Pursuant to 18 USC. Section 1350

(Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)

In connection with the Annual Report of FTI Consulting, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Steven H. Gunby, President and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 USC. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

1.	the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2.	the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: February 21, 2014

By:

/s/ STEVEN H. GUNBY

Steven H. Gunby

President and Chief Executive Officer

(principal executive officer)

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

Certification of Principal Financial Officer

Pursuant to 18 USC. Section 1350

(Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)

In connection with the Annual Report of FTI Consulting, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Roger D. Carlile, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer) of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 USC. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

1.	the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2.	the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: February 21, 2014

By:

/s/ ROGER D. CARLILE

Roger D. Carlile

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial officer)

EX-99.1

Exhibit 99.1

LOGO

FTI CONSULTING, INC.

POLICY ON DISCLOSURE CONTROLS

Amended and Restated Effective as of December 16, 2013

Statement of Policy

FTI Consulting, Inc., (“FTI” or “Company”) is committed to providing consistent, full and fair public disclosure of material information pertaining to its business, in accordance with the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and applicable law. It is FTI’s policy that all disclosures made by FTI to its security holders, the investment community or the press should be accurate and complete and fairly present FTI’s financial condition, results of operations and business in all material respects, and should be made on a timely basis as required by the SEC, the NYSE and applicable law.

FTI has adopted this disclosure policy (“Policy”) to ensure that information required to be disclosed by FTI in the reports that it files with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC. In addition, FTI has adopted this Policy in an effort to minimize the potential for the selective disclosure of material nonpublic information and to comply with the SEC’s Regulation FD.

All employees are expected to comply with this Policy, and failure to do so subjects an employee to disciplinary action and may be grounds for termination.

Background

SEC Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 require that issuers maintain disclosure controls and procedures. The SEC defines the term, “disclosure controls” as controls and other procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the issuer in all the reports that it files under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is: (a) recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, and (b) accumulated and communicated to the issuer’s management, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to collect any material information (financial or non-financial) for inclusion in Forms 10K, 10Q, 8K, and 6K reports. Internal controls over financial reporting are part of disclosure controls as long as the controls are relevant to the production of financial statements.

The SEC defines financial disclosures to encompass financial statements, footnotes, management discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, financial reporting internal controls and any other financial information included in the report. Non-financial disclosures include any material information included in annual, quarterly, current reports, proxy materials, information in registration statements, press releases, earnings guidance, presentations to the investment community and informational statements (e.g. material acquisitions or dispositions, changes in lines of business, geographic expansion and changes in personnel involved with disclosure controls and procedures). Non-financial disclosure controls and procedures must capture information relevant to disclose new developments and risks that pertain to the issuer’s business and should ensure an issuer’s systems are capable of producing reports that are timely, accurate and reliable.

A material weakness in disclosure and internal controls is a significant deficiency that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Management should consult with its external auditors to determine if a weakness is material. Management includes the Company’s principal executive officer or officers and principal financial officer or officers. A significant deficiency occurs when the design or operations of disclosure and internal controls adversely affects the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial data.

Principles

FTI believes that proper disclosure controls and procedures involve the following key components:

Environment. The establishment of a proper corporate environment is essential. Proper disclosure depends on: (1) the integrity, ethical values and competence of FTI’s employees, (2) management’s philosophy and operating style, (3) the way management assigns authority and responsibility and organizes and develops its employees, and (4) the attention and direction provided by the Board of Directors.

Risk Management. The identification, analysis and control of risks relevant to accurate and timely disclosure.

Information and Communication. Timely transmission of information and communications within the organization.

Monitoring. The assessment of the quality of FTI’s disclosure system over time through periodic monitoring and separate evaluations, including regular management supervision, with reports of deficiencies up and down through the organization.

Scope

This Policy applies to all employees of the Company. This Policy covers the Company’s (1) Annual Report on Form 10-K and each Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC (collectively, the “Periodic Reports”), (2) current reports, proxy statements, information statements, registration statements and any other information filed with the SEC, (3) press releases containing financial information, earnings guidance, information about material acquisitions or dispositions or other information material to the Company’s security holders, and (4) correspondence broadly disseminated to shareholders, presentations to securities analysts and the investment community and any other disclosures to third parties. The documents referred to in items (1), (2), (3) and (4) are collectively referred to as the “Disclosure Statements.”

Required Certifications

The Company’s CEO and CFO are required to certify (the “Certifications”) in each Form 10-K and Form 10-Q that they (1) are responsible for establishing and maintaining the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, (2) have designed the disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the Company is made known to them by others within the Company, (3) have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days before the date of the Certification and (4) have presented their conclusions in the report.

The Sarbanes Oxley Act does not provide any specific procedures, but rather states that a Company must maintain adequate procedures that are periodically reviewed. The procedures should address whether existing controls and procedures provide reasonable assurance that disclosure objectives can be met and that Company information is documented, summarized and communicated to certifying officers in a timely manner, reviewed by the CEO and CFO before periodic reports are filed, and that: (i) Transactions are executed in accordance with management’s authorization, (ii) Transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the financial statements in accordance with GAAP, (iii) Access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s authorization.

Disclosure Committee

In order to enable the Company’s CEO and CFO to make the Certifications, they shall appoint a Disclosure Committee (“Committee”). The Committee will review and reassess this Policy quarterly and recommend any proposed changes to the CEO, the CFO and the Company’s Audit Committee for approval.

Subject to the supervision and oversight of the CEO and the CFO, the Committee shall:

Recommend controls and other procedures (which may include procedures currently used by the Company) that are designed to ensure that (1) information required by the Company to be disclosed to the SEC and other information that the Company will disclose to the investment community is recorded, processed, summarized and reported accurately and on a timely basis and (2) information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the CEO and the CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding the required disclosure (the “Disclosure Controls”).

Monitor the integrity and effectiveness of the Company’s Disclosure Controls.

Review the Company’s Disclosure Statements and review disclosure policies for the Company’s website.

Evaluate the effectiveness of the Disclosure Controls within 90 days prior to the filing of the Company’s Periodic Reports, in accordance with the procedures suggested by this Policy. A “Disclosure Checklist” has been prepared by the Company to assist in this process.

Discuss with the CEO and the CFO all relevant information with respect to the Committee’s evaluation of the effectiveness of the Disclosure Controls.

Each member of the Committee will provide a certification to the CEO and the CFO prior to the filing of each Periodic Report with the SEC of the Committee’s conclusions resulting from its evaluation of the effectiveness of the Disclosure Controls.

Perform other duties as the CEO and the CFO may assign to it from time to time.

The CEO and the CFO, at their option, may at any time assume any or all of the responsibilities of the Committee identified in this Policy.

The Committee shall meet as frequently as circumstances dictate, but at least once per quarter, to (1) evaluate the accuracy and completeness of the Disclosure Statements, and (2) evaluate the Disclosure Controls and determine whether any changes to the Disclosure Controls are necessary or advisable in connection with the preparation of the Company’s upcoming Periodic Reports or other Disclosure Statements, taking into account developments since the most recent meeting, including changes in the Company’s organization and business lines and any change in economic or industry conditions.

Designated Officers

The Committee shall designate one officer (the “Disclosure Officer”) knowledgeable about SEC rules and regulations with respect to disclosure and financial reporting. The initial Disclosure Officer shall be the Company’s Chief Financial Officer. The Disclosure Officer shall be responsible for managing the preparation of the Disclosure Statements.

Internal Reporting

The success of this Policy and the Company’s disclosure depends on the communication of information within the Company. This involves communication, through appropriate reporting channels, from the bottom of to the top of the organization, as well as communication among and within practice areas. The practice area heads shall (1) establish reporting channels and procedures within their practice area that ensure that material information involving their practice area is reported to them, (2) ensure that their employees understand this Policy and the importance of full and accurate disclosure of material information, and (3) report any material information they receive.

Preparation of Periodic Reports

At the beginning of each fiscal year, the CFO and Controller shall prepare a timeline for the preparation of the Company’s Periodic Reports for the upcoming year. The timeline shall provide sufficient time for proper preparation and review of the Periodic Reports. This timeline will be provided to each employee involved in a substantial part of preparation or review of the Periodic Reports. Before beginning preparation of each Periodic Report, the Disclosure Officer shall identify any areas of particular risk or sensitivity that require special attention or additional time.

The CFO and Controller shall assign drafting responsibilities for each Periodic Report prior to the start of the year. Employees with drafting responsibilities shall be (1) made aware of their role in the process, (2) familiar with SEC reporting requirements in their area of responsibility, and (3) provided with copies of the relevant sections of the SEC’s disclosure rules. In addition, employees drafting Periodic Report should:

provide back-up for any information they include in the Periodic Report.

report information that is material to their area or department, or to the Company taken as a whole.

review disclosures by peer companies.

consider economic and industry trends and other factors that have affected or may affect the Company’s business.

Internal Review of Periodic Reports

After the various sections of a Periodic Report have been combined into a single document and have been subject to initial review, the draft of the report should be distributed to members of the Disclosure Committee for its review.

External Review of Periodic Reports

After review by the Committee, the Periodic Report will be distributed to the Company’s outside auditors and legal counsel. The Company’s outside auditors shall review the Management’s Discussion and Analysis section and all other financial sections of the Periodic Report. The Company’s outside legal counsel shall review the Periodic Report with particular reference to compliance with SEC requirements, as well as any legal or regulatory matters on which such counsel has been retained. The Disclosure Officer shall coordinate the responses of the outside auditors and legal counsel. In addition, the Company’s outside auditors and legal counsel should be consulted in advance where the Disclosure Officer has identified any difficult disclosure or other issues.

Coordination with Audit Committee and Board of Directors

After the internal and external reviews described above, the Periodic Report will be given to the Company’s Audit Committee, along with an oral report highlighting any particular issues. In connection with this presentation, the CEO and CFO shall disclose to the Company’s Audit Committee any significant deficiencies in the design or operation of the Company’s internal controls, as well as any fraud that involves management or other employees with a significant role in the Company’s internal controls. The CEO and CFO must certify that they have made this disclosure to the Audit Committee and outside auditors. The Audit Committee shall review the Periodic Report and discuss any comments or issues with the Disclosure Officer and, if they deem it necessary, the CEO, CFO or any other employee. A Report that involves particularly difficult disclosure issues shall also be presented to the entire Board of Directors for review and discussion.

Certifications

After the Periodic Report has been approved by members of the Audit Committee and the entire Board of Directors (in the case of the annual report), members of the Committee shall certify to the CEO and the CFO that it has complied with this Policy. Other individuals responsible for material aspects of the disclosure process shall also certify their compliance with this Policy and that they have provided all information believed to be responsive. The CEO and the CFO will rely on these certifications in making their Certifications.

Financial Internal Controls

The procedures and controls described in this Policy are in addition to the Company’s system of internal controls for financial reporting purposes. This Policy is meant to supplement, and not replace, the Company’s system of financial controls.

Testing and Evaluation

The CEO and CFO shall test and evaluate the effectiveness of this Policy at such times as appropriate, but at least on a quarterly basis. They shall:

Plan the evaluation, taking into account those areas that are most sensitive or risky and merit particular attention.

Ensure that the members of the Committee understand the Disclosure Controls being used.

Evaluate whether the design of the Disclosure Controls is appropriate, taking into account any changes in the Company’s organization or business, such as new personnel or significant acquisitions or dispositions, as well as evolving regulatory developments and changing industry practices.

Consider (1) whether additional participants should be included in the disclosure process, (2) whether adequate staffing is being provided, (3) whether sufficient time is being allotted to discuss and resolve any disclosure issues and to review Periodic Reports and (4) whether participants should receive any additional training.

Meet with internal and outside auditors and outside counsel to discuss their conclusions and concerns about the Disclosure Controls, internal controls and general corporate compliance with applicable legal requirements.

Continuous Reporting

The preparation of Periodic Reports is only one aspect of the Company’s disclosure obligation. In addition to the regular gathering of information for Periodic Reports, participants in the drafting process and other appropriate Company employees shall notify the Disclosure Officer as soon as material developments occur to ensure that other Disclosure Statements, including earnings releases and guidance, reflect the Company’s current situation. For Current Reports on Form 8-K and press releases, the Disclosure Officer may use a modified process that reflects the shorter time period for preparation and review prior to public dissemination. In connection with the preparation of each Periodic Report, drafters and reviewers of the Periodic Reports will be required to certify that they have properly and timely reported all material information since the date of the preceding Periodic Report as to which they have provided a certification.

Spokespersons

It is the Company’s intent to limit the number of Spokespersons authorized to speak on the Company’s behalf. Accordingly, the Company has authorized the following representatives to act as Spokespersons in discussing the Company’s financial performance or corporate activities:

•

Chairman of the Board

•

CEO

•

President

•

Chief Operating Officer (COO)

•

CFO

Additional representatives may be authorized by the Spokespersons to act as Company Spokespersons to make presentations at industry or investor conferences or to respond to specific inquiries as appropriate.

The CEO and CFO shall be integrally involved in scheduling and developing presentations for all meetings and other communications with financial analysts, institutional investors and shareholders. They shall also be involved in arranging appropriate meetings or interviews with the Company’s management and responding to all inquiries from the public or the media for additional information. After public dissemination of news, all coverage of the Company’s disclosure shall be monitored by the Company Spokespersons to ensure accurate reporting and to take corrective measures if and when necessary.

Employees who are not authorized Spokespersons shall refer all calls and e-mail messages from outside parties, such as the financial community, shareholders and business and industry media, to the Company’s authorized Spokespersons.

News Releases

The Company will issue quarterly financial news releases, as well as other news releases pertaining to the full and fair disclosure of material information. Material news releases should be prepared for distribution as soon as it has been determined that a public disclosure of that information is required or appropriate, given the circumstances.

All corporate news releases must be reviewed and approved by at least two of the Company’s Chairman of the Board, CEO, President, COO, CFO or the Disclosure Officer. Upon approval, the Company will notify the NYSE of its intention to distribute the news release. The news release will be distributed to a news wire service, which will then make it available to the general public. Promptly after a material news release has been made available to the general public, it will be posted on the Company’s website.

Responding to Market Rumors

As long as representatives of the Company are not the source of market rumors, the Company’s policy is to respond consistently to questions about rumors in the following manner: “It is our policy not to comment about market rumors or speculation.” In addition, it is the Company’s policy not to issue news releases, without the approval of the Independent Directors, that deny or confirm a market rumor unless it has been determined that the Company is the source of the rumor.

Forward-looking Information

The Company may make forward-looking statements in relation to its earnings, business and performance outlook and its policy is to provide investors with forward-looking information and guidance in conformity with the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

All public disclosures by the Company in the form of news releases, conference calls and investor presentations containing financial information shall be accompanied by a “safe harbor” discussion that reviews or refers to specific risk factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in the statement.

Conference Calls, Analyst Meetings and Media Interviews

If management determines that it will conduct a conference call to discuss its earnings, the conference call shall be simultaneously Webcast after advance public notice. Earnings calls shall be made available for replay on the Company’s website for an appropriate period after the call.

When practical, the Company should encourage investor and analyst conferences to be open to the public. The planned portion of any conference presentation should be reviewed in advance by the Company’s Chairman of the Board, CEO, President, COO, CFO and the Disclosure Officer. If the conference is not open to the public, consideration should be given to both publishing the planned presentation on the Company’s website simultaneously with the conference and making other appropriate public disclosure. Special care should be given to statements made during informal or one-on-one meetings with analysts or institutional investors in order to avoid the inadvertent disclosure of material nonpublic information and to comply with SEC Regulation FD.

Forecasts of the Company’s financial performance should be disclosed, if at all, by press release during earnings calls or, where appropriate, other recognized methods of public dissemination, and, thereafter, the need to update this information should be regularly considered. Selective disclosure rules place a “high degree of risk” on private discussions with analysts or others about whether “the Company’s anticipated earnings will be higher than, lower than, or even the same as what analysts have been forecasting. Depending on the circumstances, Company Spokespersons should decline to comment.

The Company should anticipate and provide during earnings calls or other public disclosures the information that analysts need to build their financial models. The Company should not comment privately on analyst reports or financial models other than to provide non-material factual information or to point out inaccuracies relating to historical information or omissions of publicly disclosed information.

In all venues not open to the public, Company Spokespersons should avoid disclosing material, non-public information. However, should material, non-public information be disclosed inadvertently, the Company shall either receive assurances that the recipient will refrain from repeating the information and trading in the Company’s securities or issue publicly a news release detailing and clarifying such information in accordance with the requirements of SEC Regulation FD.

The “Quiet Period”

To facilitate compliance with the Federal securities laws, the Company has adopted a quiet period applicable to all external communications regarding quarterly and year end results, which begins after the market closes on the last trading day prior to the 28^th day of the last month of each fiscal quarter or fiscal year end and ends immediately after the public release of earnings for that quarter or fiscal year end.

•

Communications: During the quiet period, the Company should not comment on quarterly or annual financial results, estimates and projections.

•

Reviewing Analyst’s Reports: The Company should not review or otherwise comment upon analyst’s reports or financial models during the quiet period.

Communication List

The Company will maintain a list of investors, analysts and members of the media for dissemination of pubicly-released information by e-mail or fax. Notice of this list may be posted on the Company’s website and investors given the opportunity to subscribe.

Website Policy

The Company maintains its own corporate website, on which it offers updated, timely information such as news releases, SEC filings and shareholder reports. Information intended for inclusion in the Company’s website must be reviewed and approved by the Chairman of the Board, CEO, President, COO, CFO or the Disclosure Officer prior to posting.

Internet Chat Rooms and Bulletin Boards

Company employees are prohibited from posting any information about the Company, its business or future performance on the Internet, including posting in chat rooms or on bulletin boards. Any such posting, even though well-intentioned, may be damaging to the Company and its interests. This policy will be strictly enforced and may result in disciplinary action up to and including termination.

Requests for Information

The Company’s policy is to respond to all legitimate requests from investors, securities analysts and the media for information about the Company. The Disclosure Officer will oversee maintenance of an investor kit and its contents. Upon legitimate request, an investor kit will be sent within one week of the request. Any request for material, non-public information will be denied. Legitimate telephone inquiries about the Company will be returned by an authorized Company Spokesperson within a reasonable period of time.